elf32-m68k.c revision 1.8 1 1.1 skrll /* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
2 1.6 christos Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1 skrll
4 1.1 skrll This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
5 1.1 skrll
6 1.1 skrll This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 1.1 skrll it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 1.1 skrll the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 1.1 skrll (at your option) any later version.
10 1.1 skrll
11 1.1 skrll This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 1.1 skrll but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 1.1 skrll MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 1.1 skrll GNU General Public License for more details.
15 1.1 skrll
16 1.1 skrll You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 1.1 skrll along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 1.1 skrll Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 1.1 skrll MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20 1.1 skrll
21 1.1 skrll #include "sysdep.h"
22 1.1 skrll #include "bfd.h"
23 1.1 skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
24 1.1 skrll #include "libbfd.h"
25 1.1 skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
26 1.1 skrll #include "elf/m68k.h"
27 1.1 skrll #include "opcode/m68k.h"
28 1.1 skrll
29 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
30 1.4 christos elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
31 1.1 skrll
32 1.4 christos static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] =
33 1.4 christos {
34 1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_NONE, 0, 3, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE", FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
35 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_32, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
36 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_16, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
37 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
38 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PC32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
39 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PC16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
40 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
41 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
42 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
43 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
44 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
45 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
46 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
47 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
48 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
49 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
50 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
51 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
52 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
53 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_COPY, 0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
54 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
55 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
56 1.1 skrll HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
57 1.1 skrll /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
58 1.1 skrll HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT, /* type */
59 1.1 skrll 0, /* rightshift */
60 1.1 skrll 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
61 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitsize */
62 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* pc_relative */
63 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitpos */
64 1.1 skrll complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
65 1.1 skrll NULL, /* special_function */
66 1.1 skrll "R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
67 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
68 1.1 skrll 0, /* src_mask */
69 1.1 skrll 0, /* dst_mask */
70 1.1 skrll FALSE),
71 1.1 skrll /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
72 1.1 skrll HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY, /* type */
73 1.1 skrll 0, /* rightshift */
74 1.1 skrll 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
75 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitsize */
76 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* pc_relative */
77 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitpos */
78 1.1 skrll complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
79 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
80 1.1 skrll "R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY", /* name */
81 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
82 1.1 skrll 0, /* src_mask */
83 1.1 skrll 0, /* dst_mask */
84 1.1 skrll FALSE),
85 1.3 christos
86 1.3 christos /* TLS general dynamic variable reference. */
87 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32, /* type */
88 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
89 1.3 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
90 1.3 christos 32, /* bitsize */
91 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
92 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
93 1.3 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
94 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
95 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_GD32", /* name */
96 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
97 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
98 1.3 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
99 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
100 1.3 christos
101 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16, /* type */
102 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
103 1.3 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
104 1.3 christos 16, /* bitsize */
105 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
106 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
107 1.3 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
108 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
109 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_GD16", /* name */
110 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
111 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
112 1.3 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
113 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
114 1.3 christos
115 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8, /* type */
116 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
117 1.3 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
118 1.3 christos 8, /* bitsize */
119 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
120 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
121 1.3 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
122 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
123 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_GD8", /* name */
124 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
125 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
126 1.3 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
127 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
128 1.3 christos
129 1.3 christos /* TLS local dynamic variable reference. */
130 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32, /* type */
131 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
132 1.3 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
133 1.3 christos 32, /* bitsize */
134 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
135 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
136 1.3 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
137 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
138 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDM32", /* name */
139 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
140 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
141 1.3 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
142 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
143 1.3 christos
144 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16, /* type */
145 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
146 1.3 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
147 1.3 christos 16, /* bitsize */
148 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
149 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
150 1.3 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
151 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
152 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDM16", /* name */
153 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
154 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
155 1.3 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
156 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
157 1.3 christos
158 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8, /* type */
159 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
160 1.3 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
161 1.3 christos 8, /* bitsize */
162 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
163 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
164 1.3 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
165 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
166 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDM8", /* name */
167 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
168 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
169 1.3 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
170 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
171 1.3 christos
172 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32, /* type */
173 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
174 1.3 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
175 1.3 christos 32, /* bitsize */
176 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
177 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
178 1.3 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
179 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
180 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDO32", /* name */
181 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
182 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
183 1.3 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
184 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
185 1.3 christos
186 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16, /* type */
187 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
188 1.3 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
189 1.3 christos 16, /* bitsize */
190 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
191 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
192 1.3 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
193 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
194 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDO16", /* name */
195 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
196 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
197 1.3 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
198 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
199 1.3 christos
200 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8, /* type */
201 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
202 1.3 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
203 1.3 christos 8, /* bitsize */
204 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
205 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
206 1.3 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
207 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
208 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDO8", /* name */
209 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
210 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
211 1.3 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
212 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
213 1.3 christos
214 1.3 christos /* TLS initial execution variable reference. */
215 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32, /* type */
216 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
217 1.3 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
218 1.3 christos 32, /* bitsize */
219 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
220 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
221 1.3 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
222 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
223 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_IE32", /* name */
224 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
225 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
226 1.3 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
227 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
228 1.3 christos
229 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16, /* type */
230 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
231 1.3 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
232 1.3 christos 16, /* bitsize */
233 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
234 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
235 1.3 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
236 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
237 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_IE16", /* name */
238 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
239 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
240 1.3 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
241 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
242 1.3 christos
243 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8, /* type */
244 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
245 1.3 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
246 1.3 christos 8, /* bitsize */
247 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
248 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
249 1.3 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
250 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
251 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_IE8", /* name */
252 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
253 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
254 1.3 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
255 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
256 1.3 christos
257 1.3 christos /* TLS local execution variable reference. */
258 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32, /* type */
259 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
260 1.3 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
261 1.3 christos 32, /* bitsize */
262 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
263 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
264 1.3 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
265 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
266 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_LE32", /* name */
267 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
268 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
269 1.3 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
270 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
271 1.3 christos
272 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16, /* type */
273 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
274 1.3 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
275 1.3 christos 16, /* bitsize */
276 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
277 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
278 1.3 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
279 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
280 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_LE16", /* name */
281 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
282 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
283 1.3 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
284 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
285 1.3 christos
286 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8, /* type */
287 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
288 1.3 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
289 1.3 christos 8, /* bitsize */
290 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
291 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
292 1.3 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
293 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
294 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_LE8", /* name */
295 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
296 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
297 1.3 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
298 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
299 1.3 christos
300 1.3 christos /* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations. */
301 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32, /* type */
302 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
303 1.3 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
304 1.3 christos 32, /* bitsize */
305 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
306 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
307 1.3 christos complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
308 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
309 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32", /* name */
310 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
311 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
312 1.3 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
313 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
314 1.3 christos
315 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32, /* type */
316 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
317 1.3 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
318 1.3 christos 32, /* bitsize */
319 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
320 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
321 1.3 christos complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
322 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
323 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32", /* name */
324 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
325 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
326 1.3 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
327 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
328 1.3 christos
329 1.3 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32, /* type */
330 1.3 christos 0, /* rightshift */
331 1.3 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
332 1.3 christos 32, /* bitsize */
333 1.3 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
334 1.3 christos 0, /* bitpos */
335 1.3 christos complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
336 1.3 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
337 1.3 christos "R_68K_TLS_TPREL32", /* name */
338 1.3 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
339 1.3 christos 0, /* src_mask */
340 1.3 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
341 1.3 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
342 1.1 skrll };
343 1.1 skrll
344 1.1 skrll static void
345 1.3 christos rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
346 1.1 skrll {
347 1.3 christos unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
348 1.3 christos
349 1.3 christos if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
350 1.3 christos {
351 1.3 christos (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
352 1.3 christos abfd, (int) indx);
353 1.3 christos indx = R_68K_NONE;
354 1.3 christos }
355 1.3 christos cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
356 1.1 skrll }
357 1.1 skrll
358 1.1 skrll #define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
359 1.1 skrll
360 1.1 skrll static const struct
361 1.1 skrll {
362 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
363 1.1 skrll int elf_val;
364 1.3 christos }
365 1.3 christos reloc_map[] =
366 1.3 christos {
367 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
368 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
369 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
370 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
371 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
372 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
373 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
374 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
375 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
376 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
377 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
378 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
379 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
380 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
381 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
382 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
383 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
384 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
385 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
386 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
387 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
388 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
389 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
390 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
391 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
392 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
393 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
394 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
395 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
396 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
397 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
398 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
399 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
400 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
401 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
402 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
403 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
404 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
405 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
406 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
407 1.3 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
408 1.1 skrll };
409 1.1 skrll
410 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type *
411 1.4 christos reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
412 1.4 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
413 1.1 skrll {
414 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
415 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
416 1.1 skrll {
417 1.1 skrll if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
418 1.1 skrll return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
419 1.1 skrll }
420 1.1 skrll return 0;
421 1.1 skrll }
422 1.1 skrll
423 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type *
424 1.1 skrll reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
425 1.1 skrll {
426 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
427 1.1 skrll
428 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
429 1.1 skrll if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
430 1.1 skrll && strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
431 1.1 skrll return &howto_table[i];
432 1.1 skrll
433 1.1 skrll return NULL;
434 1.1 skrll }
435 1.1 skrll
436 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
437 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
438 1.1 skrll #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
439 1.3 christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID M68K_ELF_DATA
440 1.1 skrll
441 1.1 skrll /* Functions for the m68k ELF linker. */
443 1.1 skrll
444 1.1 skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
445 1.1 skrll section. */
446 1.1 skrll
447 1.1 skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
448 1.1 skrll
449 1.1 skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
450 1.1 skrll
451 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_plt_info
452 1.1 skrll {
453 1.1 skrll /* The size of each PLT entry. */
454 1.1 skrll bfd_vma size;
455 1.1 skrll
456 1.1 skrll /* The template for the first PLT entry. */
457 1.1 skrll const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
458 1.1 skrll
459 1.1 skrll /* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
460 1.1 skrll The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
461 1.1 skrll is against. */
462 1.1 skrll struct {
463 1.1 skrll unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
464 1.1 skrll unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
465 1.1 skrll } plt0_relocs;
466 1.1 skrll
467 1.1 skrll /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
468 1.1 skrll const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
469 1.1 skrll
470 1.1 skrll /* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
471 1.1 skrll The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
472 1.1 skrll is against. */
473 1.1 skrll struct {
474 1.1 skrll unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
475 1.1 skrll unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
476 1.1 skrll } symbol_relocs;
477 1.1 skrll
478 1.1 skrll /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
479 1.1 skrll The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0". */
480 1.1 skrll bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
481 1.1 skrll };
482 1.1 skrll
483 1.1 skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
484 1.1 skrll
485 1.1 skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
486 1.1 skrll
487 1.1 skrll /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this. See
488 1.1 skrll the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works. */
489 1.1 skrll
490 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
491 1.1 skrll {
492 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
493 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
494 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
495 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
496 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* pad out to 20 bytes. */
497 1.1 skrll };
498 1.1 skrll
499 1.1 skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
500 1.1 skrll
501 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
502 1.1 skrll {
503 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
504 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
505 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
506 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
507 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
508 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* + .plt - . */
509 1.1 skrll };
510 1.1 skrll
511 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info = {
512 1.1 skrll PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
513 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
514 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
515 1.1 skrll };
516 1.1 skrll
517 1.1 skrll #define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
518 1.1 skrll
519 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
520 1.1 skrll {
521 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
522 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
523 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
524 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
525 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
526 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
527 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
528 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0x71 /* nop */
529 1.1 skrll };
530 1.1 skrll
531 1.1 skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
532 1.1 skrll
533 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
534 1.1 skrll {
535 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
536 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
537 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
538 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
539 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
540 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
541 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
542 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* + .plt - . */
543 1.1 skrll };
544 1.1 skrll
545 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info = {
546 1.1 skrll ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
547 1.1 skrll elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
548 1.1 skrll elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
549 1.1 skrll };
550 1.1 skrll
551 1.1 skrll #define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
552 1.1 skrll
553 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
554 1.1 skrll {
555 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
556 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
557 1.1 skrll 0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
558 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
559 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
560 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
561 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
562 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0x71 /* nop */
563 1.1 skrll };
564 1.1 skrll
565 1.1 skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
566 1.1 skrll
567 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
568 1.1 skrll {
569 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
570 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
571 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
572 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
573 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
574 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
575 1.1 skrll 0x61, 0xff, /* bsr.l .plt */
576 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with .plt - . */
577 1.1 skrll };
578 1.1 skrll
579 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info = {
580 1.1 skrll ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
581 1.1 skrll elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
582 1.1 skrll elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
583 1.1 skrll };
584 1.1 skrll
585 1.1 skrll #define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
586 1.1 skrll /* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
587 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
588 1.1 skrll {
589 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
590 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
591 1.1 skrll 0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
592 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
593 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd1, /* jmp %a1@ */
594 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* pad out to 24 bytes. */
595 1.1 skrll 0, 0
596 1.1 skrll };
597 1.1 skrll
598 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
599 1.1 skrll {
600 1.1 skrll 0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
601 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
602 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd1, /* jmp %a1@ */
603 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
604 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
605 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
606 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + .plt - . */
607 1.1 skrll 0, 0
608 1.1 skrll };
609 1.1 skrll
610 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info = {
611 1.1 skrll CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
612 1.1 skrll elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
613 1.1 skrll elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
614 1.1 skrll };
615 1.1 skrll
616 1.1 skrll /* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
617 1.1 skrll decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol. This is so that it
618 1.1 skrll can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
619 1.1 skrll with -Bsymbolic. We store the information in a field extending the
620 1.1 skrll regular ELF linker hash table. */
621 1.1 skrll
622 1.1 skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
623 1.1 skrll copied for a given symbol. */
624 1.1 skrll
625 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
626 1.1 skrll {
627 1.1 skrll /* Next section. */
628 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
629 1.1 skrll /* A section in dynobj. */
630 1.1 skrll asection *section;
631 1.1 skrll /* Number of relocs copied in this section. */
632 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type count;
633 1.1 skrll };
634 1.1 skrll
635 1.1 skrll /* Forward declaration. */
636 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
637 1.1 skrll
638 1.1 skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash entry. */
639 1.1 skrll
640 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
641 1.1 skrll {
642 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
643 1.1 skrll
644 1.1 skrll /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol. */
645 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
646 1.1 skrll
647 1.1 skrll /* Key to got_entries. */
648 1.1 skrll unsigned long got_entry_key;
649 1.1 skrll
650 1.1 skrll /* List of GOT entries for this symbol. This list is build during
651 1.1 skrll offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
652 1.1 skrll to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
653 1.1 skrll
654 1.1 skrll ??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
655 1.1 skrll a separate field is cleaner. */
656 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
657 1.1 skrll };
658 1.1 skrll
659 1.1 skrll #define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
660 1.1 skrll
661 1.1 skrll /* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable. */
662 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
663 1.1 skrll {
664 1.1 skrll /* BFD in which this symbol was defined. NULL for global symbols. */
665 1.1 skrll const bfd *bfd;
666 1.1 skrll
667 1.1 skrll /* Symbol index. Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key. */
668 1.3 christos unsigned long symndx;
669 1.3 christos
670 1.3 christos /* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
671 1.3 christos R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
672 1.3 christos
673 1.3 christos From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
674 1.3 christos matters. That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
675 1.3 christos and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
676 1.3 christos the same when searching got->entries. */
677 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
678 1.1 skrll };
679 1.3 christos
680 1.3 christos /* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation. */
681 1.3 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
682 1.1 skrll
683 1.1 skrll /* Entry of the GOT. */
684 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry
685 1.1 skrll {
686 1.1 skrll /* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable. This is the key. */
687 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
688 1.1 skrll
689 1.1 skrll /* GOT entry data. We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after. */
690 1.1 skrll union
691 1.1 skrll {
692 1.1 skrll struct
693 1.1 skrll {
694 1.1 skrll /* Number of times this entry is referenced. It is used to
695 1.1 skrll filter out unnecessary GOT slots in elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook. */
696 1.1 skrll bfd_vma refcount;
697 1.1 skrll } s1;
698 1.1 skrll
699 1.1 skrll struct
700 1.1 skrll {
701 1.1 skrll /* Offset from the start of .got section. To calculate offset relative
702 1.1 skrll to GOT pointer one should substract got->offset from this value. */
703 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
704 1.1 skrll
705 1.1 skrll /* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
706 1.1 skrll Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
707 1.1 skrll have entries in more than one GOT.
708 1.1 skrll Root of this list is h->glist.
709 1.1 skrll NULL for local symbols. */
710 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
711 1.1 skrll } s2;
712 1.1 skrll } u;
713 1.1 skrll };
714 1.3 christos
715 1.3 christos /* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
716 1.3 christos This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
717 1.3 christos switches etc. */
718 1.3 christos
719 1.3 christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
720 1.3 christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
721 1.3 christos {
722 1.3 christos switch (r_type)
723 1.3 christos {
724 1.3 christos /* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
725 1.3 christos handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation. In cases when we need
726 1.3 christos to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
727 1.3 christos r_type. */
728 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32:
729 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT16:
730 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT8:
731 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
732 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT16O:
733 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT8O:
734 1.3 christos return R_68K_GOT32O;
735 1.3 christos
736 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
737 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
738 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
739 1.3 christos return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
740 1.3 christos
741 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
742 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
743 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
744 1.3 christos return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
745 1.3 christos
746 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
747 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
748 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
749 1.3 christos return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
750 1.3 christos
751 1.3 christos default:
752 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
753 1.3 christos return 0;
754 1.3 christos }
755 1.3 christos }
756 1.3 christos
757 1.3 christos /* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE. */
758 1.3 christos
759 1.3 christos static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
760 1.3 christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
761 1.3 christos {
762 1.3 christos switch (r_type)
763 1.3 christos {
764 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
765 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
766 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
767 1.3 christos return R_32;
768 1.3 christos
769 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
770 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
771 1.3 christos return R_16;
772 1.3 christos
773 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
774 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
775 1.3 christos return R_8;
776 1.3 christos
777 1.3 christos default:
778 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
779 1.3 christos return 0;
780 1.3 christos }
781 1.3 christos }
782 1.3 christos
783 1.3 christos /* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
784 1.3 christos relocation R_TYPE. */
785 1.3 christos
786 1.3 christos static bfd_vma
787 1.3 christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
788 1.3 christos {
789 1.3 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
790 1.3 christos {
791 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
792 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
793 1.3 christos return 1;
794 1.3 christos
795 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
796 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
797 1.3 christos return 2;
798 1.3 christos
799 1.3 christos default:
800 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
801 1.3 christos return 0;
802 1.3 christos }
803 1.3 christos }
804 1.3 christos
805 1.3 christos /* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one. */
806 1.3 christos
807 1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
808 1.3 christos elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
809 1.3 christos {
810 1.3 christos switch (r_type)
811 1.3 christos {
812 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
813 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
814 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
815 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
816 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
817 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
818 1.3 christos return TRUE;
819 1.3 christos
820 1.3 christos default:
821 1.3 christos return FALSE;
822 1.3 christos }
823 1.3 christos }
824 1.1 skrll
825 1.1 skrll /* Data structure representing a single GOT. */
826 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got
827 1.1 skrll {
828 1.1 skrll /* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
829 1.1 skrll Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
830 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT8O entries. */
831 1.1 skrll htab_t entries;
832 1.3 christos
833 1.3 christos /* Number of R_x slots in this GOT. Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
834 1.1 skrll several GOT slots.
835 1.3 christos
836 1.3 christos n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
837 1.3 christos n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
838 1.3 christos in this GOT.
839 1.3 christos n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
840 1.3 christos in this GOT. This is the total number of slots. */
841 1.3 christos bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
842 1.3 christos
843 1.1 skrll /* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
844 1.1 skrll This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
845 1.3 christos see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got. */
846 1.1 skrll bfd_vma local_n_slots;
847 1.1 skrll
848 1.1 skrll /* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section. */
849 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
850 1.1 skrll };
851 1.1 skrll
852 1.1 skrll /* BFD and its GOT. This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable. */
853 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
854 1.1 skrll {
855 1.1 skrll /* BFD. */
856 1.1 skrll const bfd *bfd;
857 1.1 skrll
858 1.1 skrll /* Assigned GOT. Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
859 1.1 skrll GOT structure. After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
860 1.1 skrll share a single GOT. */
861 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
862 1.1 skrll };
863 1.1 skrll
864 1.1 skrll /* The main data structure holding all the pieces. */
865 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got
866 1.1 skrll {
867 1.1 skrll /* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT. If a BFD doesn't have an entry
868 1.1 skrll here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
869 1.1 skrll having an empty GOT).
870 1.1 skrll
871 1.1 skrll ??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id. */
872 1.1 skrll htab_t bfd2got;
873 1.1 skrll
874 1.1 skrll /* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
875 1.1 skrll h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter. */
876 1.1 skrll unsigned long global_symndx;
877 1.1 skrll };
878 1.1 skrll
879 1.1 skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash table. */
880 1.1 skrll
881 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
882 1.1 skrll {
883 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_table root;
884 1.3 christos
885 1.3 christos /* Small local sym cache. */
886 1.1 skrll struct sym_cache sym_cache;
887 1.1 skrll
888 1.1 skrll /* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
889 1.1 skrll yet been chosen. */
890 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
891 1.1 skrll
892 1.1 skrll /* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
893 1.1 skrll Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled. */
894 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
895 1.1 skrll
896 1.1 skrll /* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs. */
897 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
898 1.1 skrll
899 1.1 skrll /* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs. */
900 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
901 1.1 skrll
902 1.1 skrll /* Multi-GOT data structure. */
903 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
904 1.1 skrll };
905 1.1 skrll
906 1.1 skrll /* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
907 1.1 skrll
908 1.3 christos #define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
909 1.3 christos (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
910 1.1 skrll == M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
911 1.1 skrll
912 1.1 skrll /* Shortcut to multi-GOT data. */
913 1.1 skrll #define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
914 1.1 skrll
915 1.1 skrll /* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table. */
916 1.1 skrll
917 1.3 christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
918 1.3 christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
919 1.3 christos struct bfd_hash_table *table,
920 1.1 skrll const char *string)
921 1.1 skrll {
922 1.1 skrll struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
923 1.1 skrll
924 1.1 skrll /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
925 1.1 skrll subclass. */
926 1.1 skrll if (ret == NULL)
927 1.1 skrll ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
928 1.1 skrll sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
929 1.1 skrll if (ret == NULL)
930 1.1 skrll return ret;
931 1.1 skrll
932 1.1 skrll /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
933 1.1 skrll ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
934 1.1 skrll if (ret != NULL)
935 1.1 skrll {
936 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
937 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
938 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
939 1.1 skrll }
940 1.1 skrll
941 1.1 skrll return ret;
942 1.1 skrll }
943 1.6 christos
944 1.6 christos /* Destroy an m68k ELF linker hash table. */
945 1.6 christos
946 1.6 christos static void
947 1.6 christos elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
948 1.6 christos {
949 1.6 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
950 1.6 christos
951 1.6 christos htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
952 1.6 christos
953 1.6 christos if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
954 1.6 christos {
955 1.6 christos htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
956 1.6 christos htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
957 1.6 christos }
958 1.6 christos _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
959 1.6 christos }
960 1.1 skrll
961 1.1 skrll /* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table. */
962 1.1 skrll
963 1.3 christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
964 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
965 1.1 skrll {
966 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
967 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
968 1.6 christos
969 1.1 skrll ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
970 1.1 skrll if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
971 1.1 skrll return NULL;
972 1.1 skrll
973 1.1 skrll if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
974 1.3 christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
975 1.3 christos sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
976 1.1 skrll M68K_ELF_DATA))
977 1.1 skrll {
978 1.1 skrll free (ret);
979 1.1 skrll return NULL;
980 1.6 christos }
981 1.1 skrll ret->root.root.hash_table_free = elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free;
982 1.1 skrll
983 1.1 skrll ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
984 1.1 skrll
985 1.1 skrll return &ret->root.root;
986 1.1 skrll }
987 1.1 skrll
988 1.1 skrll /* Set the right machine number. */
989 1.1 skrll
990 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
991 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
992 1.1 skrll {
993 1.1 skrll unsigned int mach = 0;
994 1.1 skrll unsigned features = 0;
995 1.1 skrll flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
996 1.1 skrll
997 1.1 skrll if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
998 1.1 skrll features |= m68000;
999 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
1000 1.1 skrll features |= cpu32;
1001 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1002 1.1 skrll features |= fido_a;
1003 1.1 skrll else
1004 1.1 skrll {
1005 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
1006 1.1 skrll {
1007 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
1008 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a;
1009 1.1 skrll break;
1010 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
1011 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
1012 1.1 skrll break;
1013 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
1014 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
1015 1.1 skrll break;
1016 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
1017 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
1018 1.1 skrll break;
1019 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
1020 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
1021 1.1 skrll break;
1022 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
1023 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
1024 1.1 skrll break;
1025 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
1026 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
1027 1.1 skrll break;
1028 1.1 skrll }
1029 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
1030 1.1 skrll {
1031 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
1032 1.1 skrll features |= mcfmac;
1033 1.1 skrll break;
1034 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
1035 1.1 skrll features |= mcfemac;
1036 1.1 skrll break;
1037 1.1 skrll }
1038 1.1 skrll if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
1039 1.1 skrll features |= cfloat;
1040 1.1 skrll }
1041 1.1 skrll
1042 1.1 skrll mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
1043 1.1 skrll bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
1044 1.1 skrll
1045 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1046 1.1 skrll }
1047 1.3 christos
1048 1.3 christos /* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
1049 1.3 christos field based on the machine number. */
1050 1.3 christos
1051 1.3 christos static void
1052 1.3 christos elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
1053 1.3 christos bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1054 1.3 christos {
1055 1.3 christos int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
1056 1.3 christos unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
1057 1.3 christos
1058 1.3 christos if (!e_flags)
1059 1.3 christos {
1060 1.3 christos unsigned int arch_mask;
1061 1.3 christos
1062 1.3 christos arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
1063 1.3 christos
1064 1.3 christos if (arch_mask & m68000)
1065 1.3 christos e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
1066 1.3 christos else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
1067 1.3 christos e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
1068 1.3 christos else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
1069 1.3 christos e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
1070 1.3 christos else
1071 1.3 christos {
1072 1.3 christos switch (arch_mask
1073 1.3 christos & (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
1074 1.3 christos {
1075 1.3 christos case mcfisa_a:
1076 1.3 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
1077 1.3 christos break;
1078 1.3 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
1079 1.3 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
1080 1.3 christos break;
1081 1.3 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
1082 1.3 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
1083 1.3 christos break;
1084 1.3 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
1085 1.3 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
1086 1.3 christos break;
1087 1.3 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
1088 1.3 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
1089 1.3 christos break;
1090 1.3 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
1091 1.3 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
1092 1.3 christos break;
1093 1.3 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
1094 1.3 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
1095 1.3 christos break;
1096 1.3 christos }
1097 1.3 christos if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
1098 1.3 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
1099 1.3 christos else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
1100 1.3 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
1101 1.3 christos if (arch_mask & cfloat)
1102 1.3 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
1103 1.3 christos }
1104 1.3 christos elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
1105 1.3 christos }
1106 1.3 christos }
1107 1.1 skrll
1108 1.3 christos /* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header. */
1109 1.1 skrll
1110 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
1111 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1112 1.1 skrll {
1113 1.1 skrll elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1114 1.1 skrll elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1115 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1116 1.1 skrll }
1117 1.1 skrll
1118 1.1 skrll /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
1119 1.1 skrll object file when linking. */
1120 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
1121 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1122 1.1 skrll {
1123 1.1 skrll flagword out_flags;
1124 1.1 skrll flagword in_flags;
1125 1.1 skrll flagword out_isa;
1126 1.1 skrll flagword in_isa;
1127 1.1 skrll const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
1128 1.1 skrll
1129 1.1 skrll if ( bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1130 1.1 skrll || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1131 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1132 1.1 skrll
1133 1.1 skrll /* Get the merged machine. This checks for incompatibility between
1134 1.1 skrll Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
1135 1.1 skrll Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types. */
1136 1.1 skrll arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
1137 1.1 skrll if (!arch_info)
1138 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1139 1.1 skrll
1140 1.1 skrll bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
1141 1.1 skrll
1142 1.1 skrll in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1143 1.1 skrll if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1144 1.1 skrll {
1145 1.1 skrll elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1146 1.1 skrll out_flags = in_flags;
1147 1.1 skrll }
1148 1.1 skrll else
1149 1.1 skrll {
1150 1.1 skrll out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
1151 1.1 skrll unsigned int variant_mask;
1152 1.1 skrll
1153 1.1 skrll if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
1154 1.1 skrll variant_mask = 0;
1155 1.1 skrll else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
1156 1.1 skrll variant_mask = 0;
1157 1.1 skrll else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1158 1.1 skrll variant_mask = 0;
1159 1.1 skrll else
1160 1.1 skrll variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
1161 1.1 skrll
1162 1.1 skrll in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
1163 1.1 skrll out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
1164 1.1 skrll if (in_isa > out_isa)
1165 1.1 skrll out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
1166 1.1 skrll if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
1167 1.1 skrll && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1168 1.1 skrll || ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
1169 1.1 skrll && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
1170 1.1 skrll out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
1171 1.1 skrll else
1172 1.1 skrll out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
1173 1.1 skrll }
1174 1.1 skrll elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
1175 1.1 skrll
1176 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1177 1.1 skrll }
1178 1.1 skrll
1179 1.1 skrll /* Display the flags field. */
1180 1.1 skrll
1181 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
1182 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
1183 1.1 skrll {
1184 1.1 skrll FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
1185 1.1 skrll flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
1186 1.1 skrll
1187 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
1188 1.1 skrll
1189 1.1 skrll /* Print normal ELF private data. */
1190 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
1191 1.1 skrll
1192 1.1 skrll /* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data. */
1193 1.1 skrll
1194 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
1195 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
1196 1.1 skrll
1197 1.1 skrll if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
1198 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
1199 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
1200 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
1201 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1202 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [fido]");
1203 1.1 skrll else
1204 1.1 skrll {
1205 1.1 skrll if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
1206 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
1207 1.1 skrll
1208 1.1 skrll if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
1209 1.1 skrll {
1210 1.1 skrll char const *isa = _("unknown");
1211 1.1 skrll char const *mac = _("unknown");
1212 1.1 skrll char const *additional = "";
1213 1.1 skrll
1214 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
1215 1.1 skrll {
1216 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
1217 1.1 skrll isa = "A";
1218 1.1 skrll additional = " [nodiv]";
1219 1.1 skrll break;
1220 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
1221 1.1 skrll isa = "A";
1222 1.1 skrll break;
1223 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
1224 1.1 skrll isa = "A+";
1225 1.1 skrll break;
1226 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
1227 1.1 skrll isa = "B";
1228 1.1 skrll additional = " [nousp]";
1229 1.1 skrll break;
1230 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
1231 1.1 skrll isa = "B";
1232 1.1 skrll break;
1233 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
1234 1.1 skrll isa = "C";
1235 1.1 skrll break;
1236 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
1237 1.1 skrll isa = "C";
1238 1.1 skrll additional = " [nodiv]";
1239 1.1 skrll break;
1240 1.1 skrll }
1241 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
1242 1.1 skrll
1243 1.1 skrll if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
1244 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [float]");
1245 1.1 skrll
1246 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
1247 1.1 skrll {
1248 1.1 skrll case 0:
1249 1.1 skrll mac = NULL;
1250 1.1 skrll break;
1251 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
1252 1.1 skrll mac = "mac";
1253 1.1 skrll break;
1254 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
1255 1.1 skrll mac = "emac";
1256 1.3 christos break;
1257 1.3 christos case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC_B:
1258 1.3 christos mac = "emac_b";
1259 1.1 skrll break;
1260 1.1 skrll }
1261 1.1 skrll if (mac)
1262 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
1263 1.1 skrll }
1264 1.1 skrll }
1265 1.1 skrll
1266 1.1 skrll fputc ('\n', file);
1267 1.1 skrll
1268 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1269 1.1 skrll }
1270 1.1 skrll
1271 1.1 skrll /* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
1272 1.1 skrll
1273 1.1 skrll Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook. There we scan all
1274 1.1 skrll relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
1275 1.1 skrll for it. If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
1276 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
1277 1.1 skrll to user.
1278 1.1 skrll After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
1279 1.1 skrll constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
1280 1.1 skrll
1281 1.1 skrll To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
1282 1.1 skrll (as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
1283 1.1 skrll to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space. Ideally [and in most
1284 1.1 skrll cases] we end up with a single GOT. In cases when there are too many
1285 1.1 skrll restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
1286 1.1 skrll several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
1287 1.1 skrll
1288 1.1 skrll Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got. We start with
1289 1.1 skrll an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
1290 1.1 skrll local GOTs to the new 'big' one. We do that by constructing an
1291 1.1 skrll intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
1292 1.1 skrll GOT lacks. Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
1293 1.1 skrll all the entries from diff. On success we add those entries to the big
1294 1.1 skrll GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
1295 1.1 skrll entries from the local GOT. Note that this retry will always succeed as
1296 1.1 skrll each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits. After partitioning we
1297 1.1 skrll end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs. GOT entries in the
1298 1.1 skrll big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets. Note that big GOTs are
1299 1.1 skrll positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
1300 1.1 skrll to the outside world.
1301 1.1 skrll
1302 1.1 skrll After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section. There we
1303 1.1 skrll adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
1304 1.1 skrll relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
1305 1.1 skrll big GOT.
1306 1.1 skrll
1307 1.1 skrll Notes:
1308 1.3 christos
1309 1.3 christos GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
1310 1.3 christos * R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
1311 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation. We can have at most 0x40
1312 1.3 christos such entries in one GOT.
1313 1.3 christos * R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
1314 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
1315 1.3 christos We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
1316 1.3 christos * R_32 type is used in all other cases. We can have as many
1317 1.1 skrll such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
1318 1.1 skrll When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
1319 1.1 skrll ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
1320 1.1 skrll to correctly detect overflow.
1321 1.1 skrll
1322 1.3 christos Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
1323 1.3 christos R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
1324 1.1 skrll R_32 entries go at the end. See finalize_got_offsets for details.
1325 1.1 skrll
1326 1.1 skrll Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
1327 1.1 skrll negative offsets. As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
1328 1.1 skrll start of .got section, the offset values are positive. They become
1329 1.1 skrll negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
1330 1.1 skrll subtracted from them.
1331 1.1 skrll
1332 1.1 skrll 3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
1333 1.1 skrll by loader. These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
1334 1.1 skrll so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
1335 1.1 skrll
1336 1.1 skrll Memory management: All data except for hashtables
1337 1.1 skrll multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
1338 1.1 skrll elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
1339 1.1 skrll to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them. At the
1340 1.1 skrll moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
1341 1.1 skrll structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
1342 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_multi_got (info). We deallocate them in
1343 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free. */
1344 1.1 skrll
1345 1.1 skrll /* Initialize GOT. */
1346 1.1 skrll
1347 1.3 christos static void
1348 1.3 christos elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
1349 1.3 christos {
1350 1.3 christos got->entries = NULL;
1351 1.3 christos got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
1352 1.3 christos got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
1353 1.3 christos got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
1354 1.3 christos got->local_n_slots = 0;
1355 1.1 skrll got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
1356 1.1 skrll }
1357 1.1 skrll
1358 1.1 skrll /* Destruct GOT. */
1359 1.1 skrll
1360 1.1 skrll static void
1361 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
1362 1.1 skrll {
1363 1.1 skrll if (got->entries != NULL)
1364 1.1 skrll {
1365 1.1 skrll htab_delete (got->entries);
1366 1.1 skrll got->entries = NULL;
1367 1.1 skrll }
1368 1.1 skrll }
1369 1.1 skrll
1370 1.1 skrll /* Create and empty GOT structure. INFO is the context where memory
1371 1.1 skrll should be allocated. */
1372 1.1 skrll
1373 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got *
1374 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1375 1.1 skrll {
1376 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
1377 1.1 skrll
1378 1.1 skrll got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
1379 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
1380 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1381 1.3 christos
1382 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got (got);
1383 1.1 skrll
1384 1.1 skrll return got;
1385 1.1 skrll }
1386 1.1 skrll
1387 1.1 skrll /* Initialize KEY. */
1388 1.1 skrll
1389 1.1 skrll static void
1390 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
1391 1.3 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1392 1.3 christos const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
1393 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
1394 1.3 christos {
1395 1.3 christos if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
1396 1.3 christos /* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry. */
1397 1.3 christos {
1398 1.3 christos key->bfd = NULL;
1399 1.3 christos key->symndx = 0;
1400 1.3 christos }
1401 1.3 christos else if (h != NULL)
1402 1.1 skrll /* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key. */
1403 1.1 skrll {
1404 1.1 skrll key->bfd = NULL;
1405 1.1 skrll key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
1406 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
1407 1.1 skrll }
1408 1.3 christos else
1409 1.1 skrll /* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx. */
1410 1.1 skrll {
1411 1.1 skrll key->bfd = abfd;
1412 1.1 skrll key->symndx = symndx;
1413 1.3 christos }
1414 1.3 christos
1415 1.1 skrll key->type = reloc_type;
1416 1.1 skrll }
1417 1.1 skrll
1418 1.1 skrll /* Calculate hash of got_entry.
1419 1.1 skrll ??? Is it good? */
1420 1.1 skrll
1421 1.1 skrll static hashval_t
1422 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
1423 1.1 skrll {
1424 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
1425 1.1 skrll
1426 1.1 skrll key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
1427 1.3 christos
1428 1.3 christos return (key->symndx
1429 1.3 christos + (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
1430 1.1 skrll + elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
1431 1.1 skrll }
1432 1.1 skrll
1433 1.1 skrll /* Check if two got entries are equal. */
1434 1.1 skrll
1435 1.1 skrll static int
1436 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
1437 1.1 skrll {
1438 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
1439 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
1440 1.1 skrll
1441 1.1 skrll key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
1442 1.1 skrll key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
1443 1.1 skrll
1444 1.3 christos return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
1445 1.3 christos && key1->symndx == key2->symndx
1446 1.3 christos && (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
1447 1.1 skrll == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
1448 1.1 skrll }
1449 1.3 christos
1450 1.3 christos /* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
1451 1.3 christos and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
1452 1.3 christos offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots. */
1453 1.3 christos
1454 1.3 christos /* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT. */
1455 1.1 skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO) \
1456 1.3 christos (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p \
1457 1.1 skrll ? (0x40 - 1) \
1458 1.1 skrll : 0x20)
1459 1.3 christos
1460 1.3 christos /* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT. */
1461 1.1 skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO) \
1462 1.3 christos (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p \
1463 1.1 skrll ? (0x4000 - 2) \
1464 1.1 skrll : 0x2000)
1465 1.1 skrll
1466 1.1 skrll /* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
1467 1.1 skrll the entry cannot be found.
1468 1.1 skrll FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
1469 1.1 skrll no such.
1470 1.1 skrll MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
1471 1.1 skrll MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one. */
1472 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
1473 1.1 skrll {
1474 1.1 skrll SEARCH,
1475 1.1 skrll FIND_OR_CREATE,
1476 1.1 skrll MUST_FIND,
1477 1.1 skrll MUST_CREATE
1478 1.1 skrll };
1479 1.1 skrll
1480 1.1 skrll /* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
1481 1.1 skrll INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
1482 1.1 skrll HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND). */
1483 1.1 skrll
1484 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
1485 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1486 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
1487 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
1488 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1489 1.1 skrll {
1490 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
1491 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
1492 1.1 skrll void **ptr;
1493 1.1 skrll
1494 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
1495 1.1 skrll
1496 1.1 skrll if (got->entries == NULL)
1497 1.1 skrll /* This is the first entry in ABFD. Initialize hashtable. */
1498 1.1 skrll {
1499 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1500 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1501 1.3 christos
1502 1.1 skrll got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
1503 1.1 skrll (info),
1504 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
1505 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
1506 1.1 skrll if (got->entries == NULL)
1507 1.1 skrll {
1508 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1509 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1510 1.1 skrll }
1511 1.1 skrll }
1512 1.1 skrll
1513 1.1 skrll entry_.key_ = *key;
1514 1.1 skrll ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
1515 1.1 skrll ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
1516 1.1 skrll if (ptr == NULL)
1517 1.1 skrll {
1518 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1519 1.1 skrll /* Entry not found. */
1520 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1521 1.1 skrll
1522 1.1 skrll /* We're out of memory. */
1523 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1524 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1525 1.1 skrll }
1526 1.1 skrll
1527 1.1 skrll if (*ptr == NULL)
1528 1.1 skrll /* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one. */
1529 1.1 skrll {
1530 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
1531 1.1 skrll
1532 1.1 skrll entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
1533 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1534 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1535 1.1 skrll
1536 1.1 skrll /* Initialize new entry. */
1537 1.1 skrll entry->key_ = *key;
1538 1.1 skrll
1539 1.3 christos entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
1540 1.3 christos
1541 1.3 christos /* Mark the entry as not initialized. */
1542 1.1 skrll entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
1543 1.1 skrll
1544 1.1 skrll *ptr = entry;
1545 1.1 skrll }
1546 1.1 skrll else
1547 1.1 skrll /* We found the entry. */
1548 1.1 skrll {
1549 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
1550 1.1 skrll
1551 1.1 skrll entry = *ptr;
1552 1.1 skrll }
1553 1.1 skrll
1554 1.1 skrll return entry;
1555 1.1 skrll }
1556 1.1 skrll
1557 1.1 skrll /* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
1558 1.1 skrll Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set. */
1559 1.3 christos
1560 1.3 christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
1561 1.3 christos elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1562 1.3 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
1563 1.3 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
1564 1.3 christos {
1565 1.3 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
1566 1.3 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
1567 1.3 christos bfd_vma n_slots;
1568 1.3 christos
1569 1.3 christos if (was == R_68K_max)
1570 1.1 skrll /* The type of the entry is not initialized yet. */
1571 1.3 christos {
1572 1.3 christos /* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32]. */
1573 1.1 skrll was_size = R_LAST;
1574 1.3 christos
1575 1.1 skrll was = new_reloc;
1576 1.1 skrll }
1577 1.3 christos else
1578 1.3 christos {
1579 1.3 christos /* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
1580 1.3 christos in such a case. */
1581 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
1582 1.3 christos == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
1583 1.3 christos
1584 1.3 christos was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
1585 1.1 skrll }
1586 1.3 christos
1587 1.3 christos new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
1588 1.3 christos n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
1589 1.3 christos
1590 1.3 christos while (was_size > new_size)
1591 1.3 christos {
1592 1.3 christos --was_size;
1593 1.3 christos got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
1594 1.3 christos }
1595 1.3 christos
1596 1.3 christos if (new_reloc > was)
1597 1.3 christos /* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
1598 1.3 christos so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size. */
1599 1.3 christos was = new_reloc;
1600 1.3 christos
1601 1.1 skrll return was;
1602 1.1 skrll }
1603 1.1 skrll
1604 1.1 skrll /* Update GOT counters when removing an entry of type TYPE. */
1605 1.1 skrll
1606 1.3 christos static void
1607 1.3 christos elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1608 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type)
1609 1.3 christos {
1610 1.3 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size os;
1611 1.1 skrll bfd_vma n_slots;
1612 1.3 christos
1613 1.1 skrll n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
1614 1.3 christos
1615 1.3 christos /* Decrese counter of slots with offset size corresponding to TYPE
1616 1.3 christos and all greater offset sizes. */
1617 1.3 christos for (os = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (type); os <= R_32; ++os)
1618 1.3 christos {
1619 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[os] >= n_slots);
1620 1.3 christos
1621 1.1 skrll got->n_slots[os] -= n_slots;
1622 1.1 skrll }
1623 1.1 skrll }
1624 1.1 skrll
1625 1.1 skrll /* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
1626 1.1 skrll H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
1627 1.1 skrll INFO is a context where memory should be allocated. */
1628 1.1 skrll
1629 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
1630 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1631 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1632 1.3 christos const bfd *abfd,
1633 1.3 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
1634 1.1 skrll unsigned long symndx,
1635 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1636 1.1 skrll {
1637 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
1638 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
1639 1.1 skrll
1640 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
1641 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
1642 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
1643 1.3 christos
1644 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
1645 1.1 skrll
1646 1.1 skrll entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
1647 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1648 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1649 1.3 christos
1650 1.3 christos /* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters. */
1651 1.3 christos entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
1652 1.3 christos entry->key_.type,
1653 1.3 christos reloc_type);
1654 1.1 skrll
1655 1.1 skrll /* Update refcount. */
1656 1.1 skrll ++entry->u.s1.refcount;
1657 1.1 skrll
1658 1.1 skrll if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
1659 1.1 skrll /* We see this entry for the first time. */
1660 1.1 skrll {
1661 1.3 christos if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
1662 1.1 skrll got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
1663 1.1 skrll }
1664 1.3 christos
1665 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
1666 1.3 christos
1667 1.3 christos if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
1668 1.3 christos > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1669 1.3 christos || (got->n_slots[R_16]
1670 1.1 skrll > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
1671 1.1 skrll /* This BFD has too many relocation. */
1672 1.3 christos {
1673 1.1 skrll if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1674 1.3 christos (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
1675 1.3 christos "Number of relocations with 8-bit "
1676 1.1 skrll "offset > %d"),
1677 1.3 christos abfd,
1678 1.1 skrll ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
1679 1.1 skrll else
1680 1.3 christos (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
1681 1.3 christos "Number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
1682 1.1 skrll "offset > %d"),
1683 1.3 christos abfd,
1684 1.1 skrll ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
1685 1.1 skrll
1686 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1687 1.1 skrll }
1688 1.1 skrll
1689 1.1 skrll return entry;
1690 1.1 skrll }
1691 1.1 skrll
1692 1.1 skrll /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
1693 1.1 skrll
1694 1.1 skrll static hashval_t
1695 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
1696 1.1 skrll {
1697 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
1698 1.1 skrll
1699 1.1 skrll e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
1700 1.1 skrll
1701 1.1 skrll return e->bfd->id;
1702 1.1 skrll }
1703 1.1 skrll
1704 1.1 skrll /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
1705 1.1 skrll
1706 1.1 skrll static int
1707 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1708 1.1 skrll {
1709 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
1710 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
1711 1.1 skrll
1712 1.1 skrll e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
1713 1.1 skrll e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
1714 1.1 skrll
1715 1.1 skrll return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
1716 1.1 skrll }
1717 1.1 skrll
1718 1.1 skrll /* Destruct a bfd2got entry. */
1719 1.1 skrll
1720 1.1 skrll static void
1721 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
1722 1.1 skrll {
1723 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
1724 1.1 skrll
1725 1.1 skrll entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
1726 1.1 skrll
1727 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
1728 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
1729 1.1 skrll }
1730 1.1 skrll
1731 1.1 skrll /* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
1732 1.1 skrll MULTI_GOT. ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for. INFO is a context where
1733 1.1 skrll memory should be allocated. */
1734 1.1 skrll
1735 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
1736 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
1737 1.1 skrll const bfd *abfd,
1738 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
1739 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1740 1.1 skrll {
1741 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
1742 1.1 skrll void **ptr;
1743 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
1744 1.1 skrll
1745 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
1746 1.1 skrll
1747 1.1 skrll if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
1748 1.1 skrll /* This is the first GOT. Initialize bfd2got. */
1749 1.1 skrll {
1750 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1751 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1752 1.1 skrll
1753 1.1 skrll multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
1754 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
1755 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
1756 1.1 skrll if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
1757 1.1 skrll {
1758 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1759 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1760 1.1 skrll }
1761 1.1 skrll }
1762 1.1 skrll
1763 1.1 skrll entry_.bfd = abfd;
1764 1.1 skrll ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
1765 1.1 skrll ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
1766 1.1 skrll if (ptr == NULL)
1767 1.1 skrll {
1768 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1769 1.1 skrll /* Entry not found. */
1770 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1771 1.1 skrll
1772 1.1 skrll /* We're out of memory. */
1773 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1774 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1775 1.1 skrll }
1776 1.1 skrll
1777 1.1 skrll if (*ptr == NULL)
1778 1.1 skrll /* Entry was not found. Create new one. */
1779 1.1 skrll {
1780 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
1781 1.1 skrll
1782 1.1 skrll entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
1783 1.1 skrll bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
1784 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1785 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1786 1.1 skrll
1787 1.1 skrll entry->bfd = abfd;
1788 1.1 skrll
1789 1.1 skrll entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
1790 1.1 skrll if (entry->got == NULL)
1791 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1792 1.1 skrll
1793 1.1 skrll *ptr = entry;
1794 1.1 skrll }
1795 1.1 skrll else
1796 1.1 skrll {
1797 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
1798 1.1 skrll
1799 1.1 skrll /* Return existing entry. */
1800 1.1 skrll entry = *ptr;
1801 1.1 skrll }
1802 1.1 skrll
1803 1.1 skrll return entry;
1804 1.1 skrll }
1805 1.1 skrll
1806 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
1807 1.1 skrll {
1808 1.1 skrll /* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against. */
1809 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *big;
1810 1.1 skrll
1811 1.1 skrll /* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
1812 1.1 skrll BIG. */
1813 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
1814 1.1 skrll
1815 1.1 skrll /* Context where to allocate memory. */
1816 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
1817 1.1 skrll
1818 1.1 skrll /* Error flag. */
1819 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean error_p;
1820 1.1 skrll };
1821 1.1 skrll
1822 1.1 skrll /* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
1823 1.1 skrll or updated in the big GOT. */
1824 1.1 skrll
1825 1.1 skrll static int
1826 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
1827 1.1 skrll {
1828 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
1829 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
1830 1.3 christos const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
1831 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
1832 1.1 skrll
1833 1.1 skrll entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
1834 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
1835 1.1 skrll
1836 1.1 skrll entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
1837 1.1 skrll
1838 1.3 christos if (entry2 != NULL)
1839 1.1 skrll /* We found an existing entry. Check if we should update it. */
1840 1.3 christos {
1841 1.3 christos type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
1842 1.3 christos entry2->key_.type,
1843 1.1 skrll entry1->key_.type);
1844 1.3 christos
1845 1.1 skrll if (type == entry2->key_.type)
1846 1.1 skrll /* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2. Skip it.
1847 1.1 skrll To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
1848 1.3 christos which we won't see in GOT entries for sure. */
1849 1.1 skrll type = R_68K_max;
1850 1.1 skrll }
1851 1.3 christos else
1852 1.1 skrll /* We didn't find the entry. Add entry1 to DIFF. */
1853 1.3 christos {
1854 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
1855 1.3 christos
1856 1.3 christos type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
1857 1.1 skrll R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
1858 1.1 skrll
1859 1.3 christos if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
1860 1.1 skrll arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
1861 1.1 skrll }
1862 1.3 christos
1863 1.1 skrll if (type != R_68K_max)
1864 1.1 skrll /* Create an entry in DIFF. */
1865 1.1 skrll {
1866 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
1867 1.1 skrll
1868 1.1 skrll entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
1869 1.1 skrll arg->info);
1870 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1871 1.1 skrll {
1872 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
1873 1.1 skrll return 0;
1874 1.1 skrll }
1875 1.3 christos
1876 1.1 skrll entry->key_.type = type;
1877 1.1 skrll }
1878 1.1 skrll
1879 1.1 skrll return 1;
1880 1.1 skrll }
1881 1.1 skrll
1882 1.1 skrll /* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
1883 1.1 skrll Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
1884 1.1 skrll in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
1885 1.1 skrll INFO is the context where memory should be allocated. */
1886 1.1 skrll
1887 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
1888 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
1889 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
1890 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info,
1891 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
1892 1.1 skrll {
1893 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
1894 1.1 skrll
1895 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
1896 1.1 skrll
1897 1.1 skrll arg_.big = big;
1898 1.1 skrll arg_.diff = diff;
1899 1.1 skrll arg_.info = info;
1900 1.1 skrll arg_.error_p = FALSE;
1901 1.1 skrll htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
1902 1.1 skrll if (arg_.error_p)
1903 1.1 skrll {
1904 1.1 skrll diff->offset = 0;
1905 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1906 1.1 skrll }
1907 1.1 skrll
1908 1.3 christos /* Check for overflow. */
1909 1.3 christos if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
1910 1.3 christos > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1911 1.3 christos || (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
1912 1.1 skrll > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
1913 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1914 1.1 skrll
1915 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1916 1.1 skrll }
1917 1.1 skrll
1918 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
1919 1.1 skrll {
1920 1.1 skrll /* The BIG got. */
1921 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *big;
1922 1.1 skrll
1923 1.1 skrll /* Context where memory should be allocated. */
1924 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
1925 1.1 skrll
1926 1.1 skrll /* Error flag. */
1927 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean error_p;
1928 1.1 skrll };
1929 1.1 skrll
1930 1.1 skrll /* Process a single entry from DIFF got. Add or update corresponding
1931 1.1 skrll entry in the BIG got. */
1932 1.1 skrll
1933 1.1 skrll static int
1934 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
1935 1.1 skrll {
1936 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
1937 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
1938 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
1939 1.1 skrll
1940 1.1 skrll from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
1941 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
1942 1.1 skrll
1943 1.1 skrll to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
1944 1.1 skrll arg->info);
1945 1.1 skrll if (to == NULL)
1946 1.1 skrll {
1947 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
1948 1.1 skrll return 0;
1949 1.1 skrll }
1950 1.1 skrll
1951 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
1952 1.3 christos /* All we need to merge is TYPE. */
1953 1.1 skrll to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
1954 1.1 skrll
1955 1.1 skrll return 1;
1956 1.1 skrll }
1957 1.1 skrll
1958 1.1 skrll /* Merge data from DIFF to BIG. INFO is context where memory should be
1959 1.1 skrll allocated. */
1960 1.1 skrll
1961 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
1962 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
1963 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
1964 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1965 1.1 skrll {
1966 1.1 skrll if (diff->entries != NULL)
1967 1.1 skrll /* DIFF is not empty. Merge it into BIG GOT. */
1968 1.1 skrll {
1969 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
1970 1.1 skrll
1971 1.1 skrll /* Merge entries. */
1972 1.1 skrll arg_.big = big;
1973 1.1 skrll arg_.info = info;
1974 1.1 skrll arg_.error_p = FALSE;
1975 1.1 skrll htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
1976 1.1 skrll if (arg_.error_p)
1977 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1978 1.1 skrll
1979 1.3 christos /* Merge counters. */
1980 1.3 christos big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
1981 1.3 christos big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
1982 1.3 christos big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
1983 1.1 skrll big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
1984 1.1 skrll }
1985 1.1 skrll else
1986 1.1 skrll /* DIFF is empty. */
1987 1.3 christos {
1988 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
1989 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
1990 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
1991 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
1992 1.1 skrll }
1993 1.1 skrll
1994 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
1995 1.3 christos || ((big->n_slots[R_8]
1996 1.3 christos <= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1997 1.3 christos && (big->n_slots[R_16]
1998 1.1 skrll <= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
1999 1.1 skrll
2000 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2001 1.1 skrll }
2002 1.1 skrll
2003 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
2004 1.3 christos {
2005 1.3 christos /* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
2006 1.3 christos R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
2007 1.3 christos R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
2008 1.3 christos bfd_vma *offset1;
2009 1.1 skrll bfd_vma *offset2;
2010 1.1 skrll
2011 1.1 skrll /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
2012 1.1 skrll This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols. */
2013 1.3 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
2014 1.3 christos
2015 1.1 skrll bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
2016 1.1 skrll };
2017 1.1 skrll
2018 1.1 skrll /* Assign ENTRY an offset. Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
2019 1.1 skrll along the way. */
2020 1.1 skrll
2021 1.1 skrll static int
2022 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
2023 1.1 skrll {
2024 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
2025 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
2026 1.3 christos
2027 1.3 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
2028 1.3 christos bfd_vma entry_size;
2029 1.1 skrll
2030 1.1 skrll entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
2031 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
2032 1.1 skrll
2033 1.1 skrll /* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots. */
2034 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
2035 1.3 christos
2036 1.3 christos /* Get GOT offset size for the entry . */
2037 1.1 skrll got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
2038 1.3 christos
2039 1.3 christos /* Calculate entry size in bytes. */
2040 1.1 skrll entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
2041 1.3 christos
2042 1.3 christos /* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
2043 1.3 christos if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
2044 1.3 christos > arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
2045 1.3 christos {
2046 1.3 christos /* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
2047 1.3 christos got_offset_size. If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
2048 1.3 christos range for got_offset_size entries in
2049 1.3 christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets. */
2050 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
2051 1.3 christos != arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
2052 1.3 christos
2053 1.3 christos /* Switch. */
2054 1.3 christos arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
2055 1.3 christos arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
2056 1.3 christos
2057 1.3 christos /* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry. */
2058 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
2059 1.3 christos <= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
2060 1.3 christos }
2061 1.3 christos
2062 1.3 christos /* Assign offset to entry. */
2063 1.3 christos entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
2064 1.1 skrll arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
2065 1.1 skrll
2066 1.1 skrll if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
2067 1.1 skrll /* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H. */
2068 1.1 skrll {
2069 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
2070 1.1 skrll
2071 1.3 christos h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
2072 1.3 christos if (h != NULL)
2073 1.3 christos {
2074 1.3 christos entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
2075 1.3 christos h->glist = entry;
2076 1.3 christos }
2077 1.3 christos else
2078 1.3 christos /* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then. */
2079 1.3 christos {
2080 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
2081 1.3 christos == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
2082 1.1 skrll && entry->key_.symndx == 0);
2083 1.3 christos
2084 1.3 christos ++arg->n_ldm_entries;
2085 1.1 skrll }
2086 1.1 skrll }
2087 1.1 skrll else
2088 1.1 skrll /* This entry is for local symbol. */
2089 1.1 skrll entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
2090 1.1 skrll
2091 1.1 skrll return 1;
2092 1.1 skrll }
2093 1.1 skrll
2094 1.1 skrll /* Assign offsets within GOT. USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
2095 1.1 skrll should use negative offsets.
2096 1.1 skrll Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
2097 1.3 christos SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
2098 1.3 christos global symbols.
2099 1.1 skrll Return offset at which next GOT should start. */
2100 1.1 skrll
2101 1.1 skrll static void
2102 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
2103 1.3 christos bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
2104 1.3 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
2105 1.1 skrll bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
2106 1.1 skrll {
2107 1.3 christos struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
2108 1.3 christos bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
2109 1.3 christos bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
2110 1.3 christos int i;
2111 1.1 skrll bfd_vma start_offset;
2112 1.1 skrll
2113 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
2114 1.1 skrll
2115 1.1 skrll /* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
2116 1.3 christos start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
2117 1.1 skrll finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
2118 1.1 skrll from. */
2119 1.3 christos
2120 1.3 christos /* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2. */
2121 1.3 christos arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
2122 1.3 christos arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
2123 1.3 christos
2124 1.3 christos start_offset = got->offset;
2125 1.1 skrll
2126 1.3 christos if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
2127 1.3 christos /* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
2128 1.3 christos i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
2129 1.3 christos else
2130 1.3 christos /* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
2131 1.3 christos i = (int) R_8;
2132 1.3 christos
2133 1.1 skrll for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
2134 1.3 christos {
2135 1.1 skrll int j;
2136 1.1 skrll size_t n;
2137 1.3 christos
2138 1.3 christos /* Set beginning of the range of offsets I. */
2139 1.1 skrll arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
2140 1.3 christos
2141 1.3 christos /* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets. */
2142 1.3 christos j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
2143 1.3 christos n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
2144 1.3 christos n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
2145 1.3 christos
2146 1.3 christos if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
2147 1.3 christos {
2148 1.3 christos if (i < 0)
2149 1.3 christos /* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
2150 1.3 christos end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
2151 1.3 christos whole 2-slot entry. Account for that at negative side of
2152 1.3 christos the interval with one additional entry. */
2153 1.3 christos n = n / 2 + 1;
2154 1.3 christos else
2155 1.3 christos /* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
2156 1.3 christos range one entry bigger. */
2157 1.3 christos n = (n + 1) / 2;
2158 1.1 skrll }
2159 1.3 christos
2160 1.3 christos /* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
2161 1.3 christos Calculate length of the range for I offsets. */
2162 1.1 skrll n = 4 * n;
2163 1.3 christos
2164 1.3 christos /* Set end of the range. */
2165 1.1 skrll arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
2166 1.3 christos
2167 1.1 skrll start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
2168 1.1 skrll }
2169 1.3 christos
2170 1.3 christos if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
2171 1.3 christos /* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
2172 1.3 christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
2173 1.3 christos the bug. */
2174 1.3 christos for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
2175 1.1 skrll arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
2176 1.3 christos
2177 1.3 christos /* Setup got->offset. offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
2178 1.3 christos beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p. */
2179 1.1 skrll got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
2180 1.1 skrll
2181 1.3 christos arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
2182 1.1 skrll arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
2183 1.3 christos
2184 1.1 skrll /* Assign offsets. */
2185 1.1 skrll htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
2186 1.3 christos
2187 1.3 christos /* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned. */
2188 1.3 christos for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
2189 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
2190 1.3 christos
2191 1.3 christos *final_offset = start_offset;
2192 1.1 skrll *n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
2193 1.1 skrll }
2194 1.1 skrll
2195 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
2196 1.1 skrll {
2197 1.1 skrll /* The GOT we are adding entries to. Aka big got. */
2198 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
2199 1.1 skrll
2200 1.1 skrll /* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT. */
2201 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
2202 1.1 skrll
2203 1.1 skrll /* Context where memory should be allocated. */
2204 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
2205 1.3 christos
2206 1.1 skrll /* Total number of slots in the .got section.
2207 1.3 christos This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections. */
2208 1.1 skrll bfd_vma n_slots;
2209 1.3 christos
2210 1.3 christos /* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
2211 1.1 skrll and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
2212 1.3 christos This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section. */
2213 1.1 skrll bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
2214 1.1 skrll
2215 1.1 skrll /* Error flag. */
2216 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean error_p;
2217 1.1 skrll
2218 1.1 skrll /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
2219 1.1 skrll This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols. */
2220 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
2221 1.1 skrll };
2222 1.3 christos
2223 1.3 christos static void
2224 1.3 christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
2225 1.3 christos {
2226 1.3 christos bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
2227 1.3 christos
2228 1.3 christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
2229 1.3 christos (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
2230 1.3 christos ->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
2231 1.3 christos arg->symndx2h,
2232 1.3 christos &arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
2233 1.3 christos
2234 1.3 christos arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
2235 1.6 christos
2236 1.3 christos if (!bfd_link_pic (arg->info))
2237 1.3 christos /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
2238 1.3 christos output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
2239 1.3 christos linker can adjust this GOT entry. Overwise we
2240 1.3 christos don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols. */
2241 1.3 christos arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
2242 1.3 christos
2243 1.3 christos /* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
2244 1.3 christos one relocation. Account for that. */
2245 1.3 christos arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
2246 1.3 christos
2247 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
2248 1.3 christos }
2249 1.3 christos
2250 1.1 skrll
2251 1.1 skrll /* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
2252 1.1 skrll or start a new CURRENT_GOT. */
2253 1.1 skrll
2254 1.1 skrll static int
2255 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
2256 1.1 skrll {
2257 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
2258 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
2259 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
2260 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
2261 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
2262 1.1 skrll
2263 1.1 skrll entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
2264 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
2265 1.1 skrll
2266 1.1 skrll got = entry->got;
2267 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
2268 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
2269 1.1 skrll
2270 1.1 skrll diff = NULL;
2271 1.1 skrll
2272 1.1 skrll if (arg->current_got != NULL)
2273 1.1 skrll /* Construct diff. */
2274 1.1 skrll {
2275 1.3 christos diff = &diff_;
2276 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
2277 1.1 skrll
2278 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
2279 1.1 skrll {
2280 1.1 skrll if (diff->offset == 0)
2281 1.1 skrll /* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error. */
2282 1.1 skrll {
2283 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
2284 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2285 1.1 skrll }
2286 1.1 skrll
2287 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
2288 1.1 skrll {
2289 1.3 christos elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
2290 1.1 skrll /* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one. */
2291 1.1 skrll diff = NULL;
2292 1.1 skrll }
2293 1.1 skrll /* else
2294 1.1 skrll Merge GOTs no matter what. If big GOT overflows,
2295 1.1 skrll we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
2296 1.1 skrll
2297 1.1 skrll ??? May be fail earlier? E.g., in can_merge_gots. */
2298 1.1 skrll }
2299 1.1 skrll }
2300 1.1 skrll else
2301 1.1 skrll /* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself. */
2302 1.3 christos {
2303 1.1 skrll /* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to. */
2304 1.1 skrll arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
2305 1.1 skrll if (arg->current_got == NULL)
2306 1.1 skrll {
2307 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
2308 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2309 1.1 skrll }
2310 1.1 skrll
2311 1.1 skrll arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
2312 1.1 skrll
2313 1.1 skrll diff = got;
2314 1.1 skrll }
2315 1.1 skrll
2316 1.1 skrll if (diff != NULL)
2317 1.3 christos {
2318 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
2319 1.1 skrll {
2320 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
2321 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2322 1.1 skrll }
2323 1.1 skrll
2324 1.1 skrll /* Now we can free GOT. */
2325 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
2326 1.3 christos
2327 1.1 skrll entry->got = arg->current_got;
2328 1.1 skrll }
2329 1.1 skrll else
2330 1.3 christos {
2331 1.3 christos /* Finish up current_got. */
2332 1.3 christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
2333 1.1 skrll
2334 1.1 skrll /* Schedule to start a new current_got. */
2335 1.1 skrll arg->current_got = NULL;
2336 1.1 skrll
2337 1.1 skrll /* Retry. */
2338 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
2339 1.1 skrll {
2340 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
2341 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2342 1.1 skrll }
2343 1.1 skrll }
2344 1.1 skrll
2345 1.1 skrll final_return:
2346 1.1 skrll if (diff != NULL)
2347 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
2348 1.1 skrll
2349 1.1 skrll return arg->error_p == FALSE ? 1 : 0;
2350 1.1 skrll }
2351 1.1 skrll
2352 1.1 skrll /* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping. */
2353 1.1 skrll
2354 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
2355 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
2356 1.1 skrll void *_arg)
2357 1.1 skrll {
2358 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
2359 1.1 skrll
2360 1.1 skrll h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
2361 1.1 skrll
2362 1.1 skrll if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
2363 1.1 skrll /* H has at least one entry in the GOT. */
2364 1.1 skrll {
2365 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
2366 1.1 skrll
2367 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
2368 1.1 skrll
2369 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
2370 1.1 skrll arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
2371 1.1 skrll }
2372 1.1 skrll
2373 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2374 1.1 skrll }
2375 1.1 skrll
2376 1.1 skrll /* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
2377 1.1 skrll lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
2378 1.1 skrll Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections. */
2379 1.1 skrll
2380 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
2381 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
2382 1.1 skrll {
2383 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
2384 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
2385 1.1 skrll
2386 1.1 skrll multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
2387 1.1 skrll
2388 1.1 skrll arg_.current_got = NULL;
2389 1.1 skrll arg_.offset = 0;
2390 1.3 christos arg_.info = info;
2391 1.3 christos arg_.n_slots = 0;
2392 1.1 skrll arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
2393 1.1 skrll arg_.error_p = FALSE;
2394 1.1 skrll
2395 1.1 skrll if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
2396 1.1 skrll {
2397 1.1 skrll /* Initialize symndx2h mapping. */
2398 1.1 skrll {
2399 1.1 skrll arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
2400 1.1 skrll * sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
2401 1.1 skrll if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
2402 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2403 1.1 skrll
2404 1.1 skrll elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
2405 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
2406 1.1 skrll }
2407 1.1 skrll
2408 1.1 skrll /* Partition. */
2409 1.1 skrll htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
2410 1.1 skrll &arg_);
2411 1.1 skrll if (arg_.error_p)
2412 1.1 skrll {
2413 1.1 skrll free (arg_.symndx2h);
2414 1.1 skrll arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
2415 1.1 skrll
2416 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2417 1.1 skrll }
2418 1.1 skrll
2419 1.3 christos /* Finish up last current_got. */
2420 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
2421 1.1 skrll
2422 1.1 skrll free (arg_.symndx2h);
2423 1.1 skrll }
2424 1.1 skrll
2425 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
2426 1.1 skrll /* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections. */
2427 1.1 skrll {
2428 1.1 skrll asection *s;
2429 1.4 christos
2430 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".got");
2431 1.3 christos if (s != NULL)
2432 1.1 skrll s->size = arg_.offset;
2433 1.3 christos else
2434 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
2435 1.3 christos
2436 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
2437 1.1 skrll arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
2438 1.4 christos
2439 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".rela.got");
2440 1.3 christos if (s != NULL)
2441 1.1 skrll s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2442 1.3 christos else
2443 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
2444 1.1 skrll }
2445 1.1 skrll else
2446 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
2447 1.1 skrll
2448 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2449 1.1 skrll }
2450 1.1 skrll
2451 1.1 skrll /* Specialized version of elf_m68k_get_got_entry that returns pointer
2452 1.1 skrll to hashtable slot, thus allowing removal of entry via
2453 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry. */
2454 1.1 skrll
2455 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry **
2456 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
2457 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key)
2458 1.1 skrll {
2459 1.1 skrll void **ptr;
2460 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
2461 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr;
2462 1.1 skrll
2463 1.1 skrll entry_.key_ = *key;
2464 1.1 skrll ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, NO_INSERT);
2465 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (ptr != NULL);
2466 1.1 skrll
2467 1.1 skrll entry_ptr = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry **) ptr;
2468 1.1 skrll
2469 1.1 skrll return entry_ptr;
2470 1.1 skrll }
2471 1.1 skrll
2472 1.1 skrll /* Remove entry pointed to by ENTRY_PTR from GOT. */
2473 1.1 skrll
2474 1.1 skrll static void
2475 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
2476 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr)
2477 1.1 skrll {
2478 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
2479 1.1 skrll
2480 1.1 skrll entry = *entry_ptr;
2481 1.1 skrll
2482 1.1 skrll /* Check that offsets have not been finalized yet. */
2483 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
2484 1.1 skrll /* Check that this entry is indeed unused. */
2485 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
2486 1.3 christos
2487 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (got, entry->key_.type);
2488 1.1 skrll
2489 1.3 christos if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
2490 1.3 christos got->local_n_slots -= elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
2491 1.3 christos
2492 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
2493 1.1 skrll
2494 1.1 skrll htab_clear_slot (got->entries, (void **) entry_ptr);
2495 1.1 skrll }
2496 1.1 skrll
2497 1.1 skrll /* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
2498 1.1 skrll symbol to a newly created symbol. Also called to copy flags and
2499 1.1 skrll other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
2500 1.1 skrll newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
2501 1.1 skrll be copied. */
2502 1.1 skrll
2503 1.1 skrll static void
2504 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2505 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
2506 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
2507 1.1 skrll {
2508 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
2509 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
2510 1.1 skrll
2511 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
2512 1.1 skrll
2513 1.1 skrll if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2514 1.1 skrll return;
2515 1.1 skrll
2516 1.1 skrll dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
2517 1.1 skrll ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
2518 1.3 christos
2519 1.3 christos /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
2520 1.3 christos definition will be against the target symbol. */
2521 1.3 christos _dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
2522 1.1 skrll
2523 1.1 skrll /* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
2524 1.1 skrll Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
2525 1.1 skrll assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
2526 1.1 skrll at the same time. */
2527 1.1 skrll if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
2528 1.1 skrll {
2529 1.2 mbalmer BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
2530 1.1 skrll /* Assert that GOTs aren't partitioned yet. */
2531 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
2532 1.1 skrll
2533 1.1 skrll dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
2534 1.1 skrll ind->got_entry_key = 0;
2535 1.1 skrll }
2536 1.1 skrll }
2537 1.1 skrll
2538 1.1 skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2539 1.1 skrll allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2540 1.1 skrll table. */
2541 1.1 skrll
2542 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
2543 1.4 christos elf_m68k_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2544 1.4 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
2545 1.4 christos asection *sec,
2546 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2547 1.1 skrll {
2548 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
2549 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2550 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2551 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2552 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2553 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
2554 1.1 skrll asection *srelgot;
2555 1.1 skrll asection *sreloc;
2556 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
2557 1.6 christos
2558 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2559 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2560 1.1 skrll
2561 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2562 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2563 1.1 skrll sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2564 1.1 skrll
2565 1.1 skrll sgot = NULL;
2566 1.1 skrll srelgot = NULL;
2567 1.1 skrll sreloc = NULL;
2568 1.1 skrll
2569 1.1 skrll got = NULL;
2570 1.1 skrll
2571 1.1 skrll rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2572 1.1 skrll for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2573 1.1 skrll {
2574 1.1 skrll unsigned long r_symndx;
2575 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2576 1.1 skrll
2577 1.1 skrll r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2578 1.1 skrll
2579 1.1 skrll if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2580 1.1 skrll h = NULL;
2581 1.1 skrll else
2582 1.1 skrll {
2583 1.1 skrll h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2584 1.1 skrll while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2585 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2586 1.6 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2587 1.6 christos
2588 1.6 christos /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
2589 1.6 christos object. */
2590 1.1 skrll h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
2591 1.1 skrll }
2592 1.1 skrll
2593 1.1 skrll switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2594 1.1 skrll {
2595 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8:
2596 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16:
2597 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT32:
2598 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2599 1.1 skrll && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2600 1.1 skrll break;
2601 1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
2602 1.3 christos
2603 1.1 skrll /* Relative GOT relocations. */
2604 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8O:
2605 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16O:
2606 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
2607 1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
2608 1.3 christos
2609 1.3 christos /* TLS relocations. */
2610 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
2611 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
2612 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
2613 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
2614 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
2615 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
2616 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
2617 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
2618 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
2619 1.3 christos
2620 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
2621 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
2622 1.3 christos
2623 1.6 christos if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
2624 1.3 christos && bfd_link_pic (info))
2625 1.3 christos /* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS. */
2626 1.3 christos info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2627 1.1 skrll
2628 1.1 skrll /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
2629 1.1 skrll
2630 1.1 skrll if (dynobj == NULL)
2631 1.1 skrll {
2632 1.1 skrll /* Create the .got section. */
2633 1.1 skrll elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
2634 1.1 skrll if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2635 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2636 1.1 skrll }
2637 1.1 skrll
2638 1.1 skrll if (sgot == NULL)
2639 1.4 christos {
2640 1.1 skrll sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
2641 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
2642 1.1 skrll }
2643 1.1 skrll
2644 1.6 christos if (srelgot == NULL
2645 1.1 skrll && (h != NULL || bfd_link_pic (info)))
2646 1.4 christos {
2647 1.1 skrll srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2648 1.1 skrll if (srelgot == NULL)
2649 1.4 christos {
2650 1.4 christos flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2651 1.4 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2652 1.4 christos | SEC_READONLY);
2653 1.4 christos srelgot = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2654 1.4 christos ".rela.got",
2655 1.1 skrll flags);
2656 1.1 skrll if (srelgot == NULL
2657 1.1 skrll || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, srelgot, 2))
2658 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2659 1.1 skrll }
2660 1.1 skrll }
2661 1.1 skrll
2662 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
2663 1.1 skrll {
2664 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
2665 1.1 skrll
2666 1.1 skrll bfd2got_entry
2667 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
2668 1.1 skrll abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
2669 1.1 skrll if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
2670 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2671 1.1 skrll
2672 1.1 skrll got = bfd2got_entry->got;
2673 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
2674 1.1 skrll }
2675 1.1 skrll
2676 1.1 skrll {
2677 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
2678 1.1 skrll
2679 1.1 skrll /* Add entry to got. */
2680 1.1 skrll got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
2681 1.1 skrll ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
2682 1.1 skrll r_symndx, info);
2683 1.1 skrll if (got_entry == NULL)
2684 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2685 1.1 skrll
2686 1.1 skrll if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
2687 1.1 skrll {
2688 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
2689 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2690 1.1 skrll && h->dynindx == -1
2691 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2692 1.1 skrll {
2693 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2694 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2695 1.1 skrll }
2696 1.1 skrll }
2697 1.1 skrll }
2698 1.1 skrll
2699 1.1 skrll break;
2700 1.1 skrll
2701 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8:
2702 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16:
2703 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32:
2704 1.1 skrll /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
2705 1.1 skrll actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
2706 1.1 skrll because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
2707 1.1 skrll never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
2708 1.1 skrll don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
2709 1.1 skrll after all. */
2710 1.1 skrll
2711 1.1 skrll /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
2712 1.1 skrll creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
2713 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL)
2714 1.1 skrll continue;
2715 1.1 skrll
2716 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 1;
2717 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount++;
2718 1.1 skrll break;
2719 1.1 skrll
2720 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8O:
2721 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16O:
2722 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32O:
2723 1.1 skrll /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
2724 1.1 skrll
2725 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL)
2726 1.1 skrll {
2727 1.1 skrll /* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
2728 1.1 skrll local symbol. FIXME: does it? How to handle it if
2729 1.1 skrll it does make sense? */
2730 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2731 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2732 1.1 skrll }
2733 1.1 skrll
2734 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
2735 1.1 skrll if (h->dynindx == -1
2736 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2737 1.1 skrll {
2738 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2739 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2740 1.1 skrll }
2741 1.1 skrll
2742 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 1;
2743 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount++;
2744 1.1 skrll break;
2745 1.1 skrll
2746 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC8:
2747 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC16:
2748 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC32:
2749 1.1 skrll /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
2750 1.1 skrll symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
2751 1.1 skrll However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
2752 1.1 skrll symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
2753 1.1 skrll link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
2754 1.1 skrll reloc directly. At this point we have not seen all the input
2755 1.1 skrll files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
2756 1.1 skrll will be set later (it is never cleared). We account for that
2757 1.1 skrll possibility below by storing information in the
2758 1.6 christos pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry. */
2759 1.1 skrll if (!(bfd_link_pic (info)
2760 1.1 skrll && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2761 1.6 christos && h != NULL
2762 1.1 skrll && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
2763 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
2764 1.1 skrll || !h->def_regular)))
2765 1.1 skrll {
2766 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2767 1.1 skrll {
2768 1.1 skrll /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
2769 1.1 skrll it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
2770 1.1 skrll object. */
2771 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount++;
2772 1.1 skrll }
2773 1.1 skrll break;
2774 1.1 skrll }
2775 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
2776 1.1 skrll case R_68K_8:
2777 1.1 skrll case R_68K_16:
2778 1.4 christos case R_68K_32:
2779 1.4 christos /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
2780 1.4 christos the "real" output. */
2781 1.4 christos if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2782 1.4 christos break;
2783 1.1 skrll
2784 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2785 1.1 skrll {
2786 1.1 skrll /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
2787 1.1 skrll turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object. */
2788 1.3 christos h->plt.refcount++;
2789 1.6 christos
2790 1.3 christos if (bfd_link_executable (info))
2791 1.3 christos /* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference. */
2792 1.1 skrll h->non_got_ref = 1;
2793 1.1 skrll }
2794 1.1 skrll
2795 1.1 skrll /* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
2796 1.6 christos reloc into the shared library. */
2797 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2798 1.1 skrll {
2799 1.1 skrll /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
2800 1.1 skrll reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
2801 1.1 skrll section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
2802 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
2803 1.3 christos {
2804 1.3 christos sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
2805 1.1 skrll (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
2806 1.3 christos
2807 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
2808 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2809 1.1 skrll }
2810 1.1 skrll
2811 1.1 skrll if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
2812 1.1 skrll /* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
2813 1.1 skrll relocations, they might be discarded later. */
2814 1.1 skrll && !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
2815 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
2816 1.7 christos || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
2817 1.7 christos {
2818 1.7 christos if (info->warn_shared_textrel)
2819 1.8 christos (*_bfd_error_handler)
2820 1.8 christos (_("warning: dynamic relocation to `%s' in readonly section `%s'"),
2821 1.7 christos h->root.root.string, sec->name);
2822 1.7 christos info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
2823 1.1 skrll }
2824 1.1 skrll
2825 1.1 skrll sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2826 1.1 skrll
2827 1.1 skrll /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
2828 1.1 skrll entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
2829 1.1 skrll again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
2830 1.1 skrll defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
2831 1.1 skrll case, the symbol is forced to be local. Note that this
2832 1.1 skrll function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
2833 1.1 skrll hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
2834 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_entry. */
2835 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
2836 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
2837 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
2838 1.1 skrll {
2839 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
2840 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
2841 1.1 skrll
2842 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2843 1.1 skrll {
2844 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
2845 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
2846 1.1 skrll head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
2847 1.1 skrll }
2848 1.1 skrll else
2849 1.1 skrll {
2850 1.1 skrll asection *s;
2851 1.3 christos void *vpp;
2852 1.3 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
2853 1.3 christos
2854 1.3 christos isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
2855 1.3 christos abfd, r_symndx);
2856 1.3 christos if (isym == NULL)
2857 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2858 1.3 christos
2859 1.1 skrll s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
2860 1.3 christos if (s == NULL)
2861 1.1 skrll s = sec;
2862 1.1 skrll
2863 1.1 skrll vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
2864 1.1 skrll head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
2865 1.1 skrll }
2866 1.1 skrll
2867 1.1 skrll for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2868 1.1 skrll if (p->section == sreloc)
2869 1.1 skrll break;
2870 1.1 skrll
2871 1.1 skrll if (p == NULL)
2872 1.1 skrll {
2873 1.1 skrll p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
2874 1.1 skrll bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
2875 1.1 skrll if (p == NULL)
2876 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2877 1.1 skrll p->next = *head;
2878 1.1 skrll *head = p;
2879 1.1 skrll p->section = sreloc;
2880 1.1 skrll p->count = 0;
2881 1.1 skrll }
2882 1.1 skrll
2883 1.1 skrll ++p->count;
2884 1.1 skrll }
2885 1.1 skrll }
2886 1.1 skrll
2887 1.1 skrll break;
2888 1.1 skrll
2889 1.1 skrll /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
2890 1.1 skrll Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
2891 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2892 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
2893 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2894 1.1 skrll break;
2895 1.1 skrll
2896 1.1 skrll /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
2897 1.1 skrll used. Record for later use during GC. */
2898 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
2899 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
2900 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2901 1.1 skrll && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
2902 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2903 1.1 skrll break;
2904 1.1 skrll
2905 1.1 skrll default:
2906 1.1 skrll break;
2907 1.1 skrll }
2908 1.1 skrll }
2909 1.1 skrll
2910 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2911 1.1 skrll }
2912 1.1 skrll
2913 1.1 skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
2914 1.1 skrll relocation. */
2915 1.1 skrll
2916 1.1 skrll static asection *
2917 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
2918 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info,
2919 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
2920 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2921 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
2922 1.1 skrll {
2923 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2924 1.1 skrll switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2925 1.1 skrll {
2926 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2927 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
2928 1.1 skrll return NULL;
2929 1.1 skrll }
2930 1.1 skrll
2931 1.1 skrll return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
2932 1.1 skrll }
2933 1.1 skrll
2934 1.1 skrll /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
2935 1.1 skrll
2936 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
2937 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
2938 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info,
2939 1.1 skrll asection *sec,
2940 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2941 1.1 skrll {
2942 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2943 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2944 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
2945 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
2946 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
2947 1.6 christos
2948 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2949 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2950 1.1 skrll
2951 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2952 1.1 skrll if (dynobj == NULL)
2953 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2954 1.1 skrll
2955 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2956 1.1 skrll sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2957 1.1 skrll got = NULL;
2958 1.1 skrll
2959 1.1 skrll relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2960 1.1 skrll for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
2961 1.1 skrll {
2962 1.1 skrll unsigned long r_symndx;
2963 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
2964 1.1 skrll
2965 1.1 skrll r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2966 1.1 skrll if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2967 1.1 skrll {
2968 1.1 skrll h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2969 1.1 skrll while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2970 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2971 1.1 skrll h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2972 1.1 skrll }
2973 1.1 skrll
2974 1.1 skrll switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2975 1.1 skrll {
2976 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8:
2977 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16:
2978 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT32:
2979 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2980 1.1 skrll && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2981 1.1 skrll break;
2982 1.1 skrll
2983 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
2984 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8O:
2985 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16O:
2986 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
2987 1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
2988 1.3 christos
2989 1.3 christos /* TLS relocations. */
2990 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
2991 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
2992 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
2993 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
2994 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
2995 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
2996 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
2997 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
2998 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
2999 1.3 christos
3000 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
3001 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
3002 1.1 skrll
3003 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
3004 1.1 skrll {
3005 1.1 skrll got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
3006 1.1 skrll abfd, MUST_FIND, NULL)->got;
3007 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
3008 1.1 skrll }
3009 1.1 skrll
3010 1.1 skrll {
3011 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
3012 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry **got_entry_ptr;
3013 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
3014 1.3 christos
3015 1.3 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, r_symndx,
3016 1.1 skrll ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info));
3017 1.1 skrll got_entry_ptr = elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (got, &key_);
3018 1.1 skrll
3019 1.1 skrll got_entry = *got_entry_ptr;
3020 1.1 skrll
3021 1.1 skrll if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount > 0)
3022 1.1 skrll {
3023 1.1 skrll --got_entry->u.s1.refcount;
3024 1.1 skrll
3025 1.1 skrll if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 0)
3026 1.1 skrll /* We don't need the .got entry any more. */
3027 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (got, got_entry_ptr);
3028 1.1 skrll }
3029 1.1 skrll }
3030 1.1 skrll break;
3031 1.1 skrll
3032 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8:
3033 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16:
3034 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32:
3035 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8O:
3036 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16O:
3037 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32O:
3038 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC8:
3039 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC16:
3040 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC32:
3041 1.1 skrll case R_68K_8:
3042 1.1 skrll case R_68K_16:
3043 1.1 skrll case R_68K_32:
3044 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
3045 1.1 skrll {
3046 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
3047 1.1 skrll --h->plt.refcount;
3048 1.1 skrll }
3049 1.1 skrll break;
3050 1.1 skrll
3051 1.1 skrll default:
3052 1.1 skrll break;
3053 1.1 skrll }
3054 1.1 skrll }
3055 1.1 skrll
3056 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3057 1.1 skrll }
3058 1.1 skrll
3059 1.1 skrll /* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD. */
3061 1.1 skrll
3062 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
3063 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
3064 1.1 skrll {
3065 1.1 skrll unsigned int features;
3066 1.1 skrll
3067 1.1 skrll features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
3068 1.1 skrll if (features & cpu32)
3069 1.1 skrll return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
3070 1.1 skrll if (features & mcfisa_b)
3071 1.1 skrll return &elf_isab_plt_info;
3072 1.1 skrll if (features & mcfisa_c)
3073 1.1 skrll return &elf_isac_plt_info;
3074 1.1 skrll return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
3075 1.1 skrll }
3076 1.1 skrll
3077 1.1 skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3078 1.1 skrll and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3079 1.1 skrll It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3080 1.1 skrll
3081 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
3082 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3083 1.1 skrll {
3084 1.1 skrll /* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
3085 1.1 skrll sections. */
3086 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
3087 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3088 1.1 skrll
3089 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
3090 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3091 1.1 skrll }
3092 1.1 skrll
3093 1.1 skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
3094 1.1 skrll regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
3095 1.1 skrll dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
3096 1.1 skrll change the definition to something the rest of the link can
3097 1.1 skrll understand. */
3098 1.4 christos
3099 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
3100 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3101 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3102 1.1 skrll {
3103 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
3104 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
3105 1.1 skrll asection *s;
3106 1.1 skrll
3107 1.1 skrll htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
3108 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3109 1.1 skrll
3110 1.1 skrll /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
3111 1.5 matt BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
3112 1.1 skrll && (h->needs_plt
3113 1.1 skrll || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
3114 1.1 skrll || h->u.weakdef != NULL
3115 1.1 skrll || (h->def_dynamic
3116 1.1 skrll && h->ref_regular
3117 1.1 skrll && !h->def_regular)));
3118 1.1 skrll
3119 1.1 skrll /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
3120 1.5 matt will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
3121 1.1 skrll when we know the address of the .got section. */
3122 1.1 skrll if ((h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3123 1.1 skrll || h->needs_plt)
3124 1.1 skrll {
3125 1.1 skrll if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
3126 1.1 skrll || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
3127 1.1 skrll || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
3128 1.1 skrll && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3129 1.1 skrll /* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
3130 1.1 skrll by a PLTxxO relocation. In this case we already recorded
3131 1.1 skrll it as a dynamic symbol. */
3132 1.1 skrll && h->dynindx == -1)
3133 1.1 skrll {
3134 1.1 skrll /* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
3135 1.1 skrll file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
3136 1.1 skrll object, or if all references were garbage collected. In
3137 1.1 skrll such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
3138 1.1 skrll linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead. */
3139 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3140 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 0;
3141 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3142 1.1 skrll }
3143 1.1 skrll
3144 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
3145 1.1 skrll if (h->dynindx == -1
3146 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
3147 1.1 skrll {
3148 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3149 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3150 1.4 christos }
3151 1.1 skrll
3152 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
3153 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3154 1.1 skrll
3155 1.1 skrll /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3156 1.1 skrll first entry. */
3157 1.1 skrll if (s->size == 0)
3158 1.1 skrll s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
3159 1.1 skrll
3160 1.1 skrll /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3161 1.1 skrll not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3162 1.1 skrll location in the .plt. This is required to make function
3163 1.6 christos pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3164 1.1 skrll the shared library. */
3165 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
3166 1.1 skrll && !h->def_regular)
3167 1.1 skrll {
3168 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.section = s;
3169 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
3170 1.1 skrll }
3171 1.1 skrll
3172 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = s->size;
3173 1.1 skrll
3174 1.1 skrll /* Make room for this entry. */
3175 1.1 skrll s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
3176 1.1 skrll
3177 1.4 christos /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3178 1.1 skrll will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3179 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
3180 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3181 1.1 skrll s->size += 4;
3182 1.4 christos
3183 1.1 skrll /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
3184 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
3185 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3186 1.1 skrll s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3187 1.1 skrll
3188 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3189 1.1 skrll }
3190 1.1 skrll
3191 1.1 skrll /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
3192 1.1 skrll count any more. */
3193 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3194 1.1 skrll
3195 1.1 skrll /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
3196 1.1 skrll processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
3197 1.1 skrll real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
3198 1.1 skrll if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
3199 1.1 skrll {
3200 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3201 1.1 skrll || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
3202 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
3203 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
3204 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3205 1.1 skrll }
3206 1.1 skrll
3207 1.1 skrll /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
3208 1.1 skrll is not a function. */
3209 1.1 skrll
3210 1.1 skrll /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
3211 1.1 skrll only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
3212 1.6 christos For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
3213 1.1 skrll be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
3214 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3215 1.3 christos return TRUE;
3216 1.3 christos
3217 1.3 christos /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
3218 1.3 christos GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
3219 1.3 christos if (!h->non_got_ref)
3220 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3221 1.1 skrll
3222 1.1 skrll /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
3223 1.1 skrll become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
3224 1.1 skrll an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
3225 1.1 skrll object will contain position independent code, so all references
3226 1.1 skrll from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
3227 1.1 skrll offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
3228 1.1 skrll determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
3229 1.1 skrll both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
3230 1.4 christos same memory location for the variable. */
3231 1.1 skrll
3232 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
3233 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3234 1.1 skrll
3235 1.1 skrll /* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
3236 1.1 skrll copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
3237 1.4 christos runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
3238 1.1 skrll .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
3239 1.1 skrll if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
3240 1.1 skrll {
3241 1.4 christos asection *srel;
3242 1.1 skrll
3243 1.1 skrll srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
3244 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
3245 1.1 skrll srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3246 1.1 skrll h->needs_copy = 1;
3247 1.6 christos }
3248 1.1 skrll
3249 1.1 skrll return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
3250 1.1 skrll }
3251 1.1 skrll
3252 1.1 skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3253 1.4 christos
3254 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
3255 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3256 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
3257 1.1 skrll {
3258 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
3259 1.1 skrll asection *s;
3260 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean plt;
3261 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean relocs;
3262 1.1 skrll
3263 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3264 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3265 1.1 skrll
3266 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
3267 1.6 christos {
3268 1.1 skrll /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3269 1.4 christos if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
3270 1.1 skrll {
3271 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3272 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3273 1.1 skrll s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3274 1.1 skrll s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3275 1.1 skrll }
3276 1.1 skrll }
3277 1.1 skrll else
3278 1.1 skrll {
3279 1.1 skrll /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
3280 1.1 skrll However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
3281 1.1 skrll not actually use these entries. Reset the size of .rela.got,
3282 1.4 christos which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
3283 1.1 skrll below. */
3284 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
3285 1.1 skrll if (s != NULL)
3286 1.1 skrll s->size = 0;
3287 1.1 skrll }
3288 1.1 skrll
3289 1.1 skrll /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
3290 1.1 skrll PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
3291 1.1 skrll For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
3292 1.1 skrll against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
3293 1.6 christos We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
3294 1.1 skrll will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine. */
3295 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3296 1.4 christos elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
3297 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies,
3298 1.1 skrll info);
3299 1.1 skrll
3300 1.1 skrll /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
3301 1.1 skrll determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
3302 1.1 skrll memory for them. */
3303 1.1 skrll plt = FALSE;
3304 1.1 skrll relocs = FALSE;
3305 1.1 skrll for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3306 1.1 skrll {
3307 1.1 skrll const char *name;
3308 1.1 skrll
3309 1.1 skrll if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3310 1.1 skrll continue;
3311 1.1 skrll
3312 1.1 skrll /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
3313 1.1 skrll of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
3314 1.1 skrll name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
3315 1.1 skrll
3316 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
3317 1.1 skrll {
3318 1.1 skrll /* Remember whether there is a PLT. */
3319 1.1 skrll plt = s->size != 0;
3320 1.1 skrll }
3321 1.1 skrll else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
3322 1.1 skrll {
3323 1.1 skrll if (s->size != 0)
3324 1.1 skrll {
3325 1.1 skrll relocs = TRUE;
3326 1.1 skrll
3327 1.1 skrll /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3328 1.1 skrll to copy relocs into the output file. */
3329 1.1 skrll s->reloc_count = 0;
3330 1.1 skrll }
3331 1.1 skrll }
3332 1.1 skrll else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
3333 1.1 skrll && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
3334 1.1 skrll {
3335 1.1 skrll /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3336 1.1 skrll continue;
3337 1.1 skrll }
3338 1.1 skrll
3339 1.1 skrll if (s->size == 0)
3340 1.1 skrll {
3341 1.1 skrll /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3342 1.1 skrll output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3343 1.1 skrll .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3344 1.1 skrll create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3345 1.1 skrll before the linker maps input sections to output
3346 1.1 skrll sections. The linker does that before
3347 1.1 skrll adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3348 1.1 skrll function which decides whether anything needs to go
3349 1.1 skrll into these sections. */
3350 1.1 skrll s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3351 1.1 skrll continue;
3352 1.1 skrll }
3353 1.1 skrll
3354 1.1 skrll if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3355 1.1 skrll continue;
3356 1.1 skrll
3357 1.1 skrll /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
3358 1.1 skrll /* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
3359 1.1 skrll Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
3360 1.1 skrll are written out, but at the moment this does not happen. Thus in
3361 1.1 skrll order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
3362 1.1 skrll contents to zero. */
3363 1.1 skrll s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3364 1.1 skrll if (s->contents == NULL)
3365 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3366 1.1 skrll }
3367 1.1 skrll
3368 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
3369 1.1 skrll {
3370 1.1 skrll /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3371 1.1 skrll values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3372 1.1 skrll must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3373 1.1 skrll the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3374 1.1 skrll dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3375 1.1 skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3376 1.6 christos _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3377 1.1 skrll
3378 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_executable (info))
3379 1.1 skrll {
3380 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3381 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3382 1.1 skrll }
3383 1.1 skrll
3384 1.1 skrll if (plt)
3385 1.1 skrll {
3386 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3387 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3388 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3389 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3390 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3391 1.1 skrll }
3392 1.1 skrll
3393 1.1 skrll if (relocs)
3394 1.1 skrll {
3395 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3396 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3397 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3398 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3399 1.1 skrll }
3400 1.1 skrll
3401 1.1 skrll if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3402 1.1 skrll {
3403 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3404 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3405 1.1 skrll }
3406 1.1 skrll }
3407 1.1 skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
3408 1.1 skrll
3409 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3410 1.1 skrll }
3411 1.1 skrll
3412 1.1 skrll /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
3413 1.1 skrll creating a shared object. In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
3414 1.1 skrll space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
3415 1.1 skrll are defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, it
3416 1.1 skrll discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
3417 1.1 skrll symbol visibility changes. We allocated space for them in the
3418 1.1 skrll check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
3419 1.1 skrll relocate_section routine.
3420 1.1 skrll
3421 1.1 skrll We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
3422 1.1 skrll against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
3423 1.1 skrll case. */
3424 1.4 christos
3425 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
3426 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3427 1.1 skrll void * inf)
3428 1.1 skrll {
3429 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3430 1.3 christos struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
3431 1.1 skrll
3432 1.1 skrll if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3433 1.1 skrll {
3434 1.1 skrll if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3435 1.1 skrll {
3436 1.1 skrll /* Look for relocations against read-only sections. */
3437 1.1 skrll for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
3438 1.1 skrll s != NULL;
3439 1.1 skrll s = s->next)
3440 1.7 christos if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3441 1.7 christos {
3442 1.8 christos if (info->warn_shared_textrel)
3443 1.8 christos (*_bfd_error_handler)
3444 1.1 skrll (_("warning: dynamic relocation to `%s' in readonly section `%s'"),
3445 1.1 skrll h->root.root.string, s->name);
3446 1.1 skrll info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3447 1.1 skrll break;
3448 1.1 skrll }
3449 1.4 christos }
3450 1.4 christos
3451 1.4 christos /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic symbol
3452 1.4 christos in PIEs. */
3453 1.4 christos if (h->non_got_ref
3454 1.4 christos && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3455 1.4 christos && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3456 1.4 christos && h->dynindx == -1
3457 1.4 christos && !h->forced_local)
3458 1.4 christos {
3459 1.4 christos if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3460 1.4 christos return FALSE;
3461 1.1 skrll }
3462 1.1 skrll
3463 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3464 1.1 skrll }
3465 1.1 skrll
3466 1.1 skrll for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
3467 1.1 skrll s != NULL;
3468 1.1 skrll s = s->next)
3469 1.1 skrll s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3470 1.1 skrll
3471 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3472 1.3 christos }
3473 1.3 christos
3474 1.3 christos
3475 1.3 christos /* Install relocation RELA. */
3476 1.3 christos
3477 1.3 christos static void
3478 1.3 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
3479 1.3 christos asection *srela,
3480 1.3 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
3481 1.3 christos {
3482 1.3 christos bfd_byte *loc;
3483 1.3 christos
3484 1.3 christos loc = srela->contents;
3485 1.3 christos loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3486 1.3 christos bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
3487 1.3 christos }
3488 1.3 christos
3489 1.3 christos /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
3490 1.3 christos for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
3491 1.3 christos
3492 1.3 christos #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
3493 1.3 christos #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
3494 1.3 christos
3495 1.3 christos static bfd_vma
3496 1.3 christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3497 1.3 christos {
3498 1.3 christos /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
3499 1.3 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
3500 1.3 christos return 0;
3501 1.3 christos return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
3502 1.3 christos }
3503 1.3 christos
3504 1.3 christos static bfd_vma
3505 1.3 christos tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3506 1.3 christos {
3507 1.3 christos /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
3508 1.3 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
3509 1.3 christos return 0;
3510 1.3 christos return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
3511 1.3 christos }
3512 1.3 christos
3513 1.3 christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
3514 1.3 christos This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section. */
3515 1.3 christos
3516 1.3 christos static void
3517 1.3 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3518 1.3 christos bfd *output_bfd,
3519 1.3 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
3520 1.3 christos asection *sgot,
3521 1.3 christos bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
3522 1.3 christos bfd_vma relocation)
3523 1.3 christos {
3524 1.3 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
3525 1.3 christos {
3526 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
3527 1.3 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3528 1.3 christos break;
3529 1.3 christos
3530 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
3531 1.3 christos /* We know the offset within the module,
3532 1.3 christos put it into the second GOT slot. */
3533 1.3 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
3534 1.3 christos sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
3535 1.3 christos /* FALLTHRU */
3536 1.3 christos
3537 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
3538 1.3 christos /* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable. */
3539 1.3 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3540 1.3 christos break;
3541 1.3 christos
3542 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
3543 1.3 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
3544 1.3 christos sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3545 1.3 christos break;
3546 1.3 christos
3547 1.3 christos default:
3548 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
3549 1.3 christos }
3550 1.3 christos }
3551 1.3 christos
3552 1.3 christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
3553 1.3 christos during dynamic link.
3554 1.3 christos This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
3555 1.3 christos or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
3556 1.3 christos
3557 1.3 christos static void
3558 1.3 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3559 1.3 christos bfd *output_bfd,
3560 1.3 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
3561 1.3 christos asection *sgot,
3562 1.3 christos bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
3563 1.3 christos bfd_vma relocation,
3564 1.3 christos asection *srela)
3565 1.3 christos {
3566 1.3 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3567 1.3 christos
3568 1.3 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
3569 1.3 christos {
3570 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
3571 1.3 christos /* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
3572 1.3 christos at run-time. */
3573 1.3 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
3574 1.3 christos outrel.r_addend = relocation;
3575 1.3 christos break;
3576 1.3 christos
3577 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
3578 1.3 christos /* We know the offset within the module,
3579 1.3 christos put it into the second GOT slot. */
3580 1.3 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
3581 1.3 christos sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
3582 1.3 christos /* FALLTHRU */
3583 1.3 christos
3584 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
3585 1.3 christos /* We don't know the module number,
3586 1.3 christos create a relocation for it. */
3587 1.3 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
3588 1.3 christos outrel.r_addend = 0;
3589 1.3 christos break;
3590 1.3 christos
3591 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
3592 1.3 christos /* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
3593 1.3 christos at run-time. */
3594 1.3 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
3595 1.3 christos outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
3596 1.3 christos break;
3597 1.3 christos
3598 1.3 christos default:
3599 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
3600 1.3 christos }
3601 1.3 christos
3602 1.3 christos /* Offset of the GOT entry. */
3603 1.3 christos outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
3604 1.3 christos + sgot->output_offset
3605 1.3 christos + got_entry_offset);
3606 1.3 christos
3607 1.3 christos /* Install one of the above relocations. */
3608 1.3 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
3609 1.3 christos
3610 1.3 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3611 1.1 skrll }
3612 1.1 skrll
3613 1.1 skrll /* Relocate an M68K ELF section. */
3614 1.4 christos
3615 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
3616 1.4 christos elf_m68k_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
3617 1.4 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
3618 1.4 christos bfd *input_bfd,
3619 1.4 christos asection *input_section,
3620 1.4 christos bfd_byte *contents,
3621 1.4 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3622 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3623 1.1 skrll asection **local_sections)
3624 1.1 skrll {
3625 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
3626 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3627 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3628 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
3629 1.3 christos asection *splt;
3630 1.1 skrll asection *sreloc;
3631 1.1 skrll asection *srela;
3632 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
3633 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
3634 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
3635 1.1 skrll
3636 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3637 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3638 1.1 skrll sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3639 1.1 skrll
3640 1.1 skrll sgot = NULL;
3641 1.3 christos splt = NULL;
3642 1.1 skrll sreloc = NULL;
3643 1.1 skrll srela = NULL;
3644 1.1 skrll
3645 1.1 skrll got = NULL;
3646 1.1 skrll
3647 1.1 skrll rel = relocs;
3648 1.1 skrll relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3649 1.1 skrll for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3650 1.1 skrll {
3651 1.1 skrll int r_type;
3652 1.1 skrll reloc_howto_type *howto;
3653 1.1 skrll unsigned long r_symndx;
3654 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3655 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3656 1.1 skrll asection *sec;
3657 1.1 skrll bfd_vma relocation;
3658 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
3659 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3660 1.1 skrll
3661 1.1 skrll r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3662 1.1 skrll if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
3663 1.1 skrll {
3664 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3665 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3666 1.1 skrll }
3667 1.1 skrll howto = howto_table + r_type;
3668 1.1 skrll
3669 1.1 skrll r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3670 1.1 skrll
3671 1.1 skrll h = NULL;
3672 1.1 skrll sym = NULL;
3673 1.1 skrll sec = NULL;
3674 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3675 1.1 skrll
3676 1.1 skrll if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3677 1.1 skrll {
3678 1.1 skrll sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3679 1.1 skrll sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3680 1.1 skrll relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
3681 1.1 skrll }
3682 1.6 christos else
3683 1.1 skrll {
3684 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean warned, ignored;
3685 1.1 skrll
3686 1.1 skrll RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
3687 1.6 christos r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
3688 1.1 skrll h, sec, relocation,
3689 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
3690 1.4 christos }
3691 1.3 christos
3692 1.4 christos if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3693 1.1 skrll RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
3694 1.6 christos rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
3695 1.1 skrll
3696 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3697 1.1 skrll continue;
3698 1.1 skrll
3699 1.1 skrll switch (r_type)
3700 1.1 skrll {
3701 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8:
3702 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16:
3703 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT32:
3704 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
3705 1.1 skrll in the global offset table. */
3706 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
3707 1.1 skrll && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
3708 1.1 skrll {
3709 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
3710 1.1 skrll {
3711 1.1 skrll bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
3712 1.1 skrll bfd_vma got_offset;
3713 1.1 skrll
3714 1.4 christos if (sgot == NULL)
3715 1.1 skrll {
3716 1.1 skrll sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
3717 1.1 skrll
3718 1.1 skrll if (sgot != NULL)
3719 1.1 skrll sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
3720 1.1 skrll else
3721 1.1 skrll /* In this case we have a reference to
3722 1.1 skrll _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
3723 1.1 skrll empty.
3724 1.1 skrll ??? Issue a warning? */
3725 1.1 skrll sgot_output_offset = 0;
3726 1.1 skrll }
3727 1.1 skrll else
3728 1.1 skrll sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
3729 1.1 skrll
3730 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
3731 1.1 skrll {
3732 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
3733 1.1 skrll
3734 1.1 skrll bfd2got_entry
3735 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
3736 1.1 skrll input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
3737 1.1 skrll
3738 1.1 skrll if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
3739 1.1 skrll {
3740 1.1 skrll got = bfd2got_entry->got;
3741 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
3742 1.1 skrll
3743 1.1 skrll got_offset = got->offset;
3744 1.1 skrll }
3745 1.1 skrll else
3746 1.1 skrll /* In this case we have a reference to
3747 1.1 skrll _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
3748 1.1 skrll accessing any GOT entries.
3749 1.1 skrll ??? Issue a warning? */
3750 1.1 skrll got_offset = 0;
3751 1.1 skrll }
3752 1.1 skrll else
3753 1.1 skrll got_offset = got->offset;
3754 1.1 skrll
3755 1.1 skrll /* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
3756 1.1 skrll assigned to input_bfd. */
3757 1.1 skrll rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
3758 1.1 skrll }
3759 1.1 skrll else
3760 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
3761 1.1 skrll
3762 1.1 skrll break;
3763 1.1 skrll }
3764 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
3765 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8O:
3766 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT16O:
3767 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
3768 1.3 christos
3769 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
3770 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
3771 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
3772 1.3 christos
3773 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
3774 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
3775 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
3776 1.3 christos
3777 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
3778 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
3779 1.1 skrll case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
3780 1.1 skrll
3781 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
3782 1.1 skrll the global offset table. */
3783 1.1 skrll
3784 1.1 skrll {
3785 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
3786 1.1 skrll bfd_vma *off_ptr;
3787 1.1 skrll bfd_vma off;
3788 1.1 skrll
3789 1.4 christos if (sgot == NULL)
3790 1.1 skrll {
3791 1.1 skrll sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
3792 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
3793 1.1 skrll }
3794 1.1 skrll
3795 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
3796 1.1 skrll {
3797 1.1 skrll got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
3798 1.1 skrll input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
3799 1.1 skrll NULL)->got;
3800 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
3801 1.1 skrll }
3802 1.3 christos
3803 1.3 christos /* Get GOT offset for this symbol. */
3804 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
3805 1.1 skrll r_type);
3806 1.1 skrll off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
3807 1.1 skrll NULL)->u.s2.offset;
3808 1.3 christos off = *off_ptr;
3809 1.3 christos
3810 1.3 christos /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
3811 1.3 christos the least significant bit to record whether we have
3812 1.3 christos already generated the necessary reloc. */
3813 1.3 christos if ((off & 1) != 0)
3814 1.1 skrll off &= ~1;
3815 1.3 christos else
3816 1.3 christos {
3817 1.3 christos if (h != NULL
3818 1.3 christos /* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
3819 1.3 christos which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
3820 1.3 christos itself. */
3821 1.3 christos && elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
3822 1.1 skrll {
3823 1.3 christos bfd_boolean dyn;
3824 1.6 christos
3825 1.6 christos dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3826 1.6 christos if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
3827 1.6 christos bfd_link_pic (info),
3828 1.3 christos h)
3829 1.3 christos || (bfd_link_pic (info)
3830 1.3 christos && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
3831 1.1 skrll || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
3832 1.3 christos && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3833 1.3 christos {
3834 1.3 christos /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
3835 1.3 christos -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
3836 1.3 christos locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
3837 1.3 christos because of a version file. We must initialize
3838 1.3 christos this entry in the global offset table. Since
3839 1.3 christos the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
3840 1.3 christos use the least significant bit to record whether
3841 1.3 christos we have initialized it already.
3842 1.3 christos
3843 1.3 christos When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
3844 1.3 christos relocation entry to initialize the value. This
3845 1.3 christos is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
3846 1.3 christos
3847 1.3 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
3848 1.3 christos output_bfd,
3849 1.3 christos r_type,
3850 1.3 christos sgot,
3851 1.3 christos off,
3852 1.1 skrll relocation);
3853 1.1 skrll
3854 1.3 christos *off_ptr |= 1;
3855 1.3 christos }
3856 1.1 skrll else
3857 1.6 christos unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3858 1.3 christos }
3859 1.1 skrll else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) /* && h == NULL */
3860 1.3 christos /* Process local symbol during dynamic link. */
3861 1.1 skrll {
3862 1.4 christos if (srela == NULL)
3863 1.3 christos {
3864 1.1 skrll srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
3865 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
3866 1.3 christos }
3867 1.3 christos
3868 1.3 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
3869 1.3 christos output_bfd,
3870 1.3 christos r_type,
3871 1.3 christos sgot,
3872 1.3 christos off,
3873 1.3 christos relocation,
3874 1.3 christos srela);
3875 1.3 christos
3876 1.6 christos *off_ptr |= 1;
3877 1.3 christos }
3878 1.3 christos else /* h == NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info) */
3879 1.3 christos {
3880 1.3 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
3881 1.3 christos output_bfd,
3882 1.3 christos r_type,
3883 1.3 christos sgot,
3884 1.3 christos off,
3885 1.1 skrll relocation);
3886 1.1 skrll
3887 1.1 skrll *off_ptr |= 1;
3888 1.1 skrll }
3889 1.3 christos }
3890 1.3 christos
3891 1.3 christos /* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
3892 1.3 christos because this is the only place where difference between
3893 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters. */
3894 1.3 christos if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
3895 1.3 christos || r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
3896 1.3 christos || r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
3897 1.3 christos || elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
3898 1.1 skrll || elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
3899 1.1 skrll || elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
3900 1.1 skrll {
3901 1.1 skrll /* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
3902 1.1 skrll of local GOT. Adjust the offset accordingly. */
3903 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
3904 1.1 skrll || off >= got->offset);
3905 1.1 skrll
3906 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
3907 1.1 skrll relocation = off - got->offset;
3908 1.1 skrll else
3909 1.1 skrll {
3910 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
3911 1.1 skrll relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
3912 1.1 skrll }
3913 1.1 skrll
3914 1.1 skrll /* This relocation does not use the addend. */
3915 1.1 skrll rel->r_addend = 0;
3916 1.1 skrll }
3917 1.1 skrll else
3918 1.1 skrll relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
3919 1.1 skrll + off);
3920 1.1 skrll }
3921 1.3 christos break;
3922 1.3 christos
3923 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
3924 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
3925 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
3926 1.3 christos relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
3927 1.3 christos break;
3928 1.3 christos
3929 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
3930 1.6 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
3931 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
3932 1.3 christos if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3933 1.3 christos {
3934 1.3 christos (*_bfd_error_handler)
3935 1.3 christos (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): R_68K_TLS_LE32 relocation not permitted "
3936 1.3 christos "in shared object"),
3937 1.3 christos input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
3938 1.3 christos
3939 1.3 christos return FALSE;
3940 1.3 christos }
3941 1.3 christos else
3942 1.3 christos relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
3943 1.3 christos
3944 1.1 skrll break;
3945 1.1 skrll
3946 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8:
3947 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16:
3948 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32:
3949 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
3950 1.1 skrll procedure linkage table. */
3951 1.1 skrll
3952 1.1 skrll /* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
3953 1.1 skrll without using the procedure linkage table. */
3954 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL)
3955 1.1 skrll break;
3956 1.1 skrll
3957 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
3958 1.1 skrll || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
3959 1.1 skrll {
3960 1.1 skrll /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
3961 1.1 skrll happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
3962 1.1 skrll using -Bsymbolic. */
3963 1.1 skrll break;
3964 1.1 skrll }
3965 1.1 skrll
3966 1.4 christos if (splt == NULL)
3967 1.1 skrll {
3968 1.1 skrll splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
3969 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
3970 1.1 skrll }
3971 1.1 skrll
3972 1.1 skrll relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
3973 1.1 skrll + splt->output_offset
3974 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset);
3975 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3976 1.1 skrll break;
3977 1.1 skrll
3978 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8O:
3979 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16O:
3980 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32O:
3981 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
3982 1.1 skrll the procedure linkage table. */
3983 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3984 1.1 skrll
3985 1.4 christos if (splt == NULL)
3986 1.1 skrll {
3987 1.1 skrll splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
3988 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
3989 1.1 skrll }
3990 1.1 skrll
3991 1.1 skrll relocation = h->plt.offset;
3992 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3993 1.1 skrll
3994 1.1 skrll /* This relocation does not use the addend. */
3995 1.1 skrll rel->r_addend = 0;
3996 1.1 skrll
3997 1.3 christos break;
3998 1.3 christos
3999 1.3 christos case R_68K_8:
4000 1.1 skrll case R_68K_16:
4001 1.1 skrll case R_68K_32:
4002 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC8:
4003 1.6 christos case R_68K_PC16:
4004 1.3 christos case R_68K_PC32:
4005 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4006 1.1 skrll && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4007 1.1 skrll && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4008 1.1 skrll && (h == NULL
4009 1.1 skrll || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4010 1.1 skrll || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4011 1.1 skrll && ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
4012 1.3 christos && r_type != R_68K_PC16
4013 1.1 skrll && r_type != R_68K_PC32)
4014 1.1 skrll || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4015 1.1 skrll {
4016 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4017 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4018 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4019 1.1 skrll
4020 1.1 skrll /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4021 1.1 skrll are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4022 1.1 skrll time. */
4023 1.1 skrll
4024 1.1 skrll skip = FALSE;
4025 1.1 skrll relocate = FALSE;
4026 1.1 skrll
4027 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset =
4028 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4029 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset);
4030 1.1 skrll if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4031 1.1 skrll skip = TRUE;
4032 1.1 skrll else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4033 1.1 skrll skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4034 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4035 1.1 skrll + input_section->output_offset);
4036 1.1 skrll
4037 1.1 skrll if (skip)
4038 1.1 skrll memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4039 1.1 skrll else if (h != NULL
4040 1.1 skrll && h->dynindx != -1
4041 1.1 skrll && (r_type == R_68K_PC8
4042 1.6 christos || r_type == R_68K_PC16
4043 1.6 christos || r_type == R_68K_PC32
4044 1.1 skrll || !bfd_link_pic (info)
4045 1.1 skrll || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
4046 1.1 skrll || !h->def_regular))
4047 1.1 skrll {
4048 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4049 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
4050 1.1 skrll }
4051 1.1 skrll else
4052 1.1 skrll {
4053 1.1 skrll /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */
4054 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
4055 1.1 skrll
4056 1.1 skrll if (r_type == R_68K_32)
4057 1.1 skrll {
4058 1.1 skrll relocate = TRUE;
4059 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
4060 1.1 skrll }
4061 1.1 skrll else
4062 1.1 skrll {
4063 1.1 skrll long indx;
4064 1.1 skrll
4065 1.1 skrll if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
4066 1.1 skrll indx = 0;
4067 1.1 skrll else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
4068 1.1 skrll {
4069 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4070 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4071 1.1 skrll }
4072 1.1 skrll else
4073 1.1 skrll {
4074 1.1 skrll asection *osec;
4075 1.1 skrll
4076 1.1 skrll /* We are turning this relocation into one
4077 1.1 skrll against a section symbol. It would be
4078 1.1 skrll proper to subtract the symbol's value,
4079 1.1 skrll osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
4080 1.1 skrll but ld.so expects buggy relocs. */
4081 1.1 skrll osec = sec->output_section;
4082 1.1 skrll indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
4083 1.1 skrll if (indx == 0)
4084 1.1 skrll {
4085 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4086 1.1 skrll htab = elf_hash_table (info);
4087 1.1 skrll osec = htab->text_index_section;
4088 1.1 skrll indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
4089 1.1 skrll }
4090 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
4091 1.1 skrll }
4092 1.1 skrll
4093 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
4094 1.1 skrll }
4095 1.1 skrll }
4096 1.1 skrll
4097 1.1 skrll sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
4098 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
4099 1.1 skrll abort ();
4100 1.1 skrll
4101 1.1 skrll loc = sreloc->contents;
4102 1.1 skrll loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4103 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4104 1.1 skrll
4105 1.1 skrll /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
4106 1.1 skrll need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
4107 1.1 skrll relocations that have been turned into
4108 1.1 skrll R_68K_RELATIVE. */
4109 1.1 skrll if (!relocate)
4110 1.1 skrll continue;
4111 1.1 skrll }
4112 1.1 skrll
4113 1.1 skrll break;
4114 1.1 skrll
4115 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4116 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
4117 1.1 skrll /* These are no-ops in the end. */
4118 1.1 skrll continue;
4119 1.1 skrll
4120 1.1 skrll default:
4121 1.1 skrll break;
4122 1.1 skrll }
4123 1.1 skrll
4124 1.1 skrll /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
4125 1.1 skrll because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
4126 1.1 skrll not process them. */
4127 1.4 christos if (unresolved_reloc
4128 1.4 christos && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4129 1.4 christos && h->def_dynamic)
4130 1.1 skrll && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4131 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
4132 1.1 skrll {
4133 1.1 skrll (*_bfd_error_handler)
4134 1.1 skrll (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4135 1.1 skrll input_bfd,
4136 1.1 skrll input_section,
4137 1.1 skrll (long) rel->r_offset,
4138 1.1 skrll howto->name,
4139 1.1 skrll h->root.root.string);
4140 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4141 1.3 christos }
4142 1.3 christos
4143 1.3 christos if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4144 1.3 christos && r_type != R_68K_NONE
4145 1.3 christos && (h == NULL
4146 1.3 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4147 1.3 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4148 1.3 christos {
4149 1.3 christos char sym_type;
4150 1.3 christos
4151 1.3 christos sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
4152 1.3 christos
4153 1.3 christos if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
4154 1.3 christos {
4155 1.3 christos const char *name;
4156 1.3 christos
4157 1.3 christos if (h != NULL)
4158 1.3 christos name = h->root.root.string;
4159 1.3 christos else
4160 1.3 christos {
4161 1.3 christos name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4162 1.3 christos (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
4163 1.3 christos if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
4164 1.3 christos name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4165 1.3 christos }
4166 1.3 christos
4167 1.3 christos (*_bfd_error_handler)
4168 1.3 christos ((sym_type == STT_TLS
4169 1.3 christos ? _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
4170 1.3 christos : _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
4171 1.3 christos input_bfd,
4172 1.3 christos input_section,
4173 1.3 christos (long) rel->r_offset,
4174 1.3 christos howto->name,
4175 1.3 christos name);
4176 1.3 christos }
4177 1.1 skrll }
4178 1.1 skrll
4179 1.1 skrll r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4180 1.1 skrll contents, rel->r_offset,
4181 1.1 skrll relocation, rel->r_addend);
4182 1.1 skrll
4183 1.1 skrll if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
4184 1.1 skrll {
4185 1.1 skrll const char *name;
4186 1.1 skrll
4187 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
4188 1.1 skrll name = h->root.root.string;
4189 1.1 skrll else
4190 1.1 skrll {
4191 1.1 skrll name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
4192 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->sh_link,
4193 1.1 skrll sym->st_name);
4194 1.1 skrll if (name == NULL)
4195 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4196 1.1 skrll if (*name == '\0')
4197 1.1 skrll name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4198 1.1 skrll }
4199 1.1 skrll
4200 1.1 skrll if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
4201 1.1 skrll {
4202 1.1 skrll if (!(info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
4203 1.1 skrll (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
4204 1.1 skrll (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
4205 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset)))
4206 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4207 1.1 skrll }
4208 1.1 skrll else
4209 1.1 skrll {
4210 1.1 skrll (*_bfd_error_handler)
4211 1.1 skrll (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
4212 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section,
4213 1.1 skrll (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
4214 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4215 1.1 skrll }
4216 1.1 skrll }
4217 1.1 skrll }
4218 1.1 skrll
4219 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4220 1.1 skrll }
4221 1.1 skrll
4222 1.1 skrll /* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
4223 1.1 skrll into section SEC. */
4224 1.1 skrll
4225 1.1 skrll static void
4226 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
4227 1.1 skrll {
4228 1.1 skrll /* Make VALUE PC-relative. */
4229 1.1 skrll value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
4230 1.1 skrll
4231 1.1 skrll /* Apply any in-place addend. */
4232 1.1 skrll value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
4233 1.1 skrll
4234 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
4235 1.1 skrll }
4236 1.1 skrll
4237 1.1 skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
4238 1.1 skrll dynamic sections here. */
4239 1.4 christos
4240 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
4241 1.4 christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
4242 1.4 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
4243 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4244 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4245 1.1 skrll {
4246 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
4247 1.1 skrll
4248 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4249 1.1 skrll
4250 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4251 1.1 skrll {
4252 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
4253 1.1 skrll asection *splt;
4254 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
4255 1.1 skrll asection *srela;
4256 1.1 skrll bfd_vma plt_index;
4257 1.1 skrll bfd_vma got_offset;
4258 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
4259 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4260 1.1 skrll
4261 1.1 skrll /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
4262 1.1 skrll it up. */
4263 1.1 skrll
4264 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4265 1.4 christos
4266 1.4 christos plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
4267 1.4 christos splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
4268 1.1 skrll sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
4269 1.1 skrll srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
4270 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
4271 1.1 skrll
4272 1.1 skrll /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
4273 1.1 skrll corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
4274 1.1 skrll in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
4275 1.1 skrll first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
4276 1.1 skrll plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
4277 1.1 skrll
4278 1.1 skrll /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
4279 1.1 skrll corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
4280 1.1 skrll The first three are reserved. */
4281 1.1 skrll got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
4282 1.1 skrll
4283 1.1 skrll memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
4284 1.1 skrll plt_info->symbol_entry,
4285 1.1 skrll plt_info->size);
4286 1.1 skrll
4287 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
4288 1.1 skrll (sgot->output_section->vma
4289 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4290 1.1 skrll + got_offset));
4291 1.1 skrll
4292 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
4293 1.1 skrll splt->contents
4294 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset
4295 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
4296 1.1 skrll
4297 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
4298 1.1 skrll splt->output_section->vma);
4299 1.1 skrll
4300 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
4301 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
4302 1.1 skrll (splt->output_section->vma
4303 1.1 skrll + splt->output_offset
4304 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset
4305 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
4306 1.1 skrll sgot->contents + got_offset);
4307 1.1 skrll
4308 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
4309 1.1 skrll rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4310 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4311 1.1 skrll + got_offset);
4312 1.1 skrll rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
4313 1.1 skrll rela.r_addend = 0;
4314 1.1 skrll loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4315 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
4316 1.1 skrll
4317 1.1 skrll if (!h->def_regular)
4318 1.1 skrll {
4319 1.1 skrll /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
4320 1.1 skrll the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
4321 1.1 skrll sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
4322 1.1 skrll }
4323 1.1 skrll }
4324 1.1 skrll
4325 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
4326 1.1 skrll {
4327 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
4328 1.1 skrll asection *srela;
4329 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
4330 1.1 skrll
4331 1.1 skrll /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
4332 1.4 christos up. */
4333 1.4 christos
4334 1.1 skrll sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
4335 1.1 skrll srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
4336 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
4337 1.1 skrll
4338 1.1 skrll got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
4339 1.1 skrll
4340 1.3 christos while (got_entry != NULL)
4341 1.3 christos {
4342 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
4343 1.3 christos bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
4344 1.3 christos
4345 1.1 skrll r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
4346 1.1 skrll got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
4347 1.1 skrll
4348 1.1 skrll /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
4349 1.3 christos locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. Likewise if
4350 1.1 skrll the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
4351 1.6 christos The entry in the global offset table already have been
4352 1.3 christos initialized in the relocate_section function. */
4353 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4354 1.3 christos && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4355 1.3 christos {
4356 1.3 christos bfd_vma relocation;
4357 1.3 christos
4358 1.3 christos relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
4359 1.3 christos (sgot->contents
4360 1.3 christos + got_entry_offset));
4361 1.3 christos
4362 1.3 christos /* Undo TP bias. */
4363 1.3 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
4364 1.3 christos {
4365 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
4366 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
4367 1.3 christos break;
4368 1.4 christos
4369 1.4 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
4370 1.4 christos /* The value for this relocation is actually put in
4371 1.4 christos the second GOT slot. */
4372 1.4 christos relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
4373 1.3 christos (sgot->contents
4374 1.3 christos + got_entry_offset + 4));
4375 1.3 christos relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
4376 1.3 christos break;
4377 1.3 christos
4378 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
4379 1.3 christos relocation += tpoff_base (info);
4380 1.3 christos break;
4381 1.3 christos
4382 1.3 christos default:
4383 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
4384 1.3 christos }
4385 1.3 christos
4386 1.3 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
4387 1.3 christos output_bfd,
4388 1.3 christos r_type,
4389 1.3 christos sgot,
4390 1.3 christos got_entry_offset,
4391 1.1 skrll relocation,
4392 1.1 skrll srela);
4393 1.1 skrll }
4394 1.3 christos else
4395 1.3 christos {
4396 1.3 christos Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
4397 1.3 christos
4398 1.3 christos /* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
4399 1.3 christos at run-time. */
4400 1.3 christos {
4401 1.3 christos bfd_vma n_slots;
4402 1.3 christos
4403 1.3 christos n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
4404 1.3 christos while (n_slots--)
4405 1.3 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
4406 1.3 christos (sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
4407 1.3 christos + 4 * n_slots));
4408 1.1 skrll }
4409 1.3 christos
4410 1.3 christos rela.r_addend = 0;
4411 1.3 christos rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4412 1.3 christos + sgot->output_offset
4413 1.3 christos + got_entry_offset);
4414 1.3 christos
4415 1.3 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
4416 1.3 christos {
4417 1.3 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
4418 1.3 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
4419 1.3 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4420 1.3 christos break;
4421 1.3 christos
4422 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
4423 1.3 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
4424 1.3 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4425 1.3 christos
4426 1.3 christos rela.r_offset += 4;
4427 1.3 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
4428 1.3 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4429 1.3 christos break;
4430 1.3 christos
4431 1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
4432 1.3 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
4433 1.3 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4434 1.3 christos break;
4435 1.3 christos
4436 1.3 christos default:
4437 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
4438 1.1 skrll break;
4439 1.1 skrll }
4440 1.1 skrll }
4441 1.1 skrll
4442 1.1 skrll got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
4443 1.1 skrll }
4444 1.1 skrll }
4445 1.1 skrll
4446 1.1 skrll if (h->needs_copy)
4447 1.1 skrll {
4448 1.1 skrll asection *s;
4449 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
4450 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4451 1.1 skrll
4452 1.1 skrll /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
4453 1.1 skrll
4454 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
4455 1.1 skrll && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4456 1.4 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
4457 1.1 skrll
4458 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
4459 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4460 1.1 skrll
4461 1.1 skrll rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
4462 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
4463 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
4464 1.1 skrll rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
4465 1.1 skrll rela.r_addend = 0;
4466 1.1 skrll loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4467 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
4468 1.1 skrll }
4469 1.1 skrll
4470 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4471 1.1 skrll }
4472 1.1 skrll
4473 1.1 skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
4474 1.4 christos
4475 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
4476 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4477 1.1 skrll {
4478 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
4479 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
4480 1.1 skrll asection *sdyn;
4481 1.1 skrll
4482 1.4 christos dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4483 1.1 skrll
4484 1.4 christos sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
4485 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4486 1.1 skrll sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
4487 1.1 skrll
4488 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
4489 1.1 skrll {
4490 1.1 skrll asection *splt;
4491 1.4 christos Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
4492 1.1 skrll
4493 1.1 skrll splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
4494 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
4495 1.1 skrll
4496 1.1 skrll dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
4497 1.1 skrll dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
4498 1.1 skrll for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
4499 1.1 skrll {
4500 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
4501 1.1 skrll const char *name;
4502 1.1 skrll asection *s;
4503 1.1 skrll
4504 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
4505 1.1 skrll
4506 1.1 skrll switch (dyn.d_tag)
4507 1.1 skrll {
4508 1.1 skrll default:
4509 1.1 skrll break;
4510 1.1 skrll
4511 1.1 skrll case DT_PLTGOT:
4512 1.1 skrll name = ".got";
4513 1.1 skrll goto get_vma;
4514 1.1 skrll case DT_JMPREL:
4515 1.1 skrll name = ".rela.plt";
4516 1.1 skrll get_vma:
4517 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
4518 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4519 1.1 skrll dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
4520 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
4521 1.1 skrll break;
4522 1.1 skrll
4523 1.1 skrll case DT_PLTRELSZ:
4524 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
4525 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4526 1.1 skrll dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
4527 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
4528 1.1 skrll break;
4529 1.1 skrll
4530 1.1 skrll case DT_RELASZ:
4531 1.1 skrll /* The procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should
4532 1.1 skrll not be included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).
4533 1.1 skrll Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry here to
4534 1.1 skrll make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since the
4535 1.1 skrll linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
4536 1.1 skrll other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
4537 1.1 skrll about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
4538 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
4539 1.1 skrll if (s != NULL)
4540 1.1 skrll dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
4541 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
4542 1.1 skrll break;
4543 1.1 skrll }
4544 1.1 skrll }
4545 1.1 skrll
4546 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
4547 1.1 skrll if (splt->size > 0)
4548 1.1 skrll {
4549 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
4550 1.1 skrll
4551 1.1 skrll plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
4552 1.1 skrll memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
4553 1.1 skrll
4554 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
4555 1.1 skrll (sgot->output_section->vma
4556 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4557 1.1 skrll + 4));
4558 1.1 skrll
4559 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
4560 1.1 skrll (sgot->output_section->vma
4561 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4562 1.1 skrll + 8));
4563 1.1 skrll
4564 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
4565 1.1 skrll = plt_info->size;
4566 1.1 skrll }
4567 1.1 skrll }
4568 1.1 skrll
4569 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
4570 1.1 skrll if (sgot->size > 0)
4571 1.1 skrll {
4572 1.1 skrll if (sdyn == NULL)
4573 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
4574 1.1 skrll else
4575 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
4576 1.1 skrll sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
4577 1.1 skrll sgot->contents);
4578 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
4579 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
4580 1.1 skrll }
4581 1.1 skrll
4582 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
4583 1.1 skrll
4584 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4585 1.1 skrll }
4586 1.1 skrll
4587 1.1 skrll /* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
4588 1.1 skrll relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
4589 1.1 skrll used at runtime to relocate the section. This is called by the
4590 1.1 skrll linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used. This is called
4591 1.1 skrll after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
4592 1.1 skrll objects, and before the final_link entry point is called. */
4593 1.1 skrll
4594 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean
4595 1.1 skrll bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
4596 1.1 skrll bfd *abfd;
4597 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
4598 1.1 skrll asection *datasec;
4599 1.1 skrll asection *relsec;
4600 1.1 skrll char **errmsg;
4601 1.1 skrll {
4602 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4603 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
4604 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
4605 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
4606 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *p;
4607 1.6 christos bfd_size_type amt;
4608 1.1 skrll
4609 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_relocatable (info));
4610 1.1 skrll
4611 1.1 skrll *errmsg = NULL;
4612 1.1 skrll
4613 1.1 skrll if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
4614 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4615 1.1 skrll
4616 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
4617 1.1 skrll
4618 1.4 christos /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
4619 1.1 skrll internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
4620 1.1 skrll (abfd, datasec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
4621 1.1 skrll info->keep_memory));
4622 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs == NULL)
4623 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4624 1.1 skrll
4625 1.1 skrll amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
4626 1.1 skrll relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4627 1.1 skrll if (relsec->contents == NULL)
4628 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4629 1.1 skrll
4630 1.1 skrll p = relsec->contents;
4631 1.1 skrll
4632 1.1 skrll irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
4633 1.1 skrll for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
4634 1.1 skrll {
4635 1.1 skrll asection *targetsec;
4636 1.1 skrll
4637 1.1 skrll /* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
4638 1.1 skrll reloc section. The longword will be the address in the data
4639 1.1 skrll section which must be relocated. It is followed by the name
4640 1.1 skrll of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
4641 1.1 skrll characters. */
4642 1.1 skrll
4643 1.1 skrll /* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time. */
4644 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
4645 1.1 skrll {
4646 1.1 skrll *errmsg = _("unsupported reloc type");
4647 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4648 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4649 1.1 skrll }
4650 1.1 skrll
4651 1.1 skrll /* Get the target section referred to by the reloc. */
4652 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4653 1.1 skrll {
4654 1.1 skrll /* A local symbol. */
4655 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4656 1.1 skrll
4657 1.1 skrll /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
4658 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
4659 1.1 skrll {
4660 1.1 skrll isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4661 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
4662 1.1 skrll isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
4663 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
4664 1.1 skrll NULL, NULL, NULL);
4665 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
4666 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4667 1.1 skrll }
4668 1.1 skrll
4669 1.1 skrll isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
4670 1.1 skrll targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
4671 1.1 skrll }
4672 1.1 skrll else
4673 1.1 skrll {
4674 1.1 skrll unsigned long indx;
4675 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4676 1.1 skrll
4677 1.1 skrll /* An external symbol. */
4678 1.1 skrll indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4679 1.1 skrll h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
4680 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
4681 1.1 skrll if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4682 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4683 1.1 skrll targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4684 1.1 skrll else
4685 1.1 skrll targetsec = NULL;
4686 1.1 skrll }
4687 1.1 skrll
4688 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
4689 1.1 skrll memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
4690 1.1 skrll if (targetsec != NULL)
4691 1.1 skrll strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
4692 1.1 skrll }
4693 1.1 skrll
4694 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
4695 1.1 skrll free (isymbuf);
4696 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs != NULL
4697 1.1 skrll && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
4698 1.1 skrll free (internal_relocs);
4699 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4700 1.1 skrll
4701 1.1 skrll error_return:
4702 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
4703 1.1 skrll free (isymbuf);
4704 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs != NULL
4705 1.1 skrll && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
4706 1.1 skrll free (internal_relocs);
4707 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4708 1.1 skrll }
4709 1.1 skrll
4710 1.1 skrll /* Set target options. */
4711 1.1 skrll
4712 1.1 skrll void
4713 1.1 skrll bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
4714 1.3 christos {
4715 1.3 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
4716 1.3 christos bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
4717 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
4718 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
4719 1.1 skrll
4720 1.1 skrll switch (got_handling)
4721 1.1 skrll {
4722 1.3 christos case 0:
4723 1.3 christos /* --got=single. */
4724 1.3 christos local_gp_p = FALSE;
4725 1.1 skrll use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
4726 1.1 skrll allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
4727 1.1 skrll break;
4728 1.1 skrll
4729 1.3 christos case 1:
4730 1.3 christos /* --got=negative. */
4731 1.3 christos local_gp_p = TRUE;
4732 1.1 skrll use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
4733 1.1 skrll allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
4734 1.1 skrll break;
4735 1.1 skrll
4736 1.3 christos case 2:
4737 1.3 christos /* --got=multigot. */
4738 1.3 christos local_gp_p = TRUE;
4739 1.1 skrll use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
4740 1.1 skrll allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
4741 1.1 skrll break;
4742 1.1 skrll
4743 1.3 christos default:
4744 1.3 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
4745 1.3 christos return;
4746 1.3 christos }
4747 1.3 christos
4748 1.3 christos htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
4749 1.3 christos if (htab != NULL)
4750 1.3 christos {
4751 1.3 christos htab->local_gp_p = local_gp_p;
4752 1.1 skrll htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = use_neg_got_offsets_p;
4753 1.1 skrll htab->allow_multigot_p = allow_multigot_p;
4754 1.1 skrll }
4755 1.1 skrll }
4756 1.6 christos
4757 1.6 christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
4758 1.6 christos elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4759 1.1 skrll const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4760 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
4761 1.1 skrll {
4762 1.1 skrll switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
4763 1.1 skrll {
4764 1.1 skrll case R_68K_RELATIVE:
4765 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_relative;
4766 1.1 skrll case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
4767 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_plt;
4768 1.1 skrll case R_68K_COPY:
4769 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_copy;
4770 1.1 skrll default:
4771 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_normal;
4772 1.1 skrll }
4773 1.1 skrll }
4774 1.1 skrll
4775 1.1 skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
4776 1.1 skrll or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
4777 1.1 skrll
4778 1.1 skrll static bfd_vma
4779 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
4780 1.1 skrll const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4781 1.1 skrll {
4782 1.1 skrll return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
4783 1.4 christos }
4784 1.4 christos
4785 1.4 christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
4786 1.4 christos
4787 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
4788 1.4 christos elf_m68k_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
4789 1.4 christos {
4790 1.4 christos int offset;
4791 1.4 christos size_t size;
4792 1.4 christos
4793 1.4 christos switch (note->descsz)
4794 1.4 christos {
4795 1.4 christos default:
4796 1.4 christos return FALSE;
4797 1.4 christos
4798 1.6 christos case 154: /* Linux/m68k */
4799 1.4 christos /* pr_cursig */
4800 1.4 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
4801 1.6 christos
4802 1.4 christos /* pr_pid */
4803 1.4 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
4804 1.4 christos
4805 1.4 christos /* pr_reg */
4806 1.4 christos offset = 70;
4807 1.4 christos size = 80;
4808 1.4 christos
4809 1.4 christos break;
4810 1.4 christos }
4811 1.4 christos
4812 1.4 christos /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
4813 1.4 christos return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
4814 1.4 christos size, note->descpos + offset);
4815 1.4 christos }
4816 1.4 christos
4817 1.4 christos static bfd_boolean
4818 1.4 christos elf_m68k_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
4819 1.4 christos {
4820 1.4 christos switch (note->descsz)
4821 1.4 christos {
4822 1.4 christos default:
4823 1.4 christos return FALSE;
4824 1.6 christos
4825 1.4 christos case 124: /* Linux/m68k elf_prpsinfo. */
4826 1.6 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
4827 1.4 christos = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
4828 1.6 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
4829 1.4 christos = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
4830 1.4 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
4831 1.4 christos = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
4832 1.4 christos }
4833 1.4 christos
4834 1.4 christos /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
4835 1.4 christos onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
4836 1.6 christos implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
4837 1.4 christos {
4838 1.4 christos char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
4839 1.4 christos int n = strlen (command);
4840 1.4 christos
4841 1.4 christos if (n > 0 && command[n - 1] == ' ')
4842 1.4 christos command[n - 1] = '\0';
4843 1.4 christos }
4844 1.4 christos
4845 1.4 christos return TRUE;
4846 1.6 christos }
4847 1.6 christos
4848 1.6 christos /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4849 1.6 christos file. */
4850 1.6 christos
4851 1.6 christos static bfd_boolean
4852 1.6 christos elf_m68k_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
4853 1.6 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
4854 1.6 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
4855 1.6 christos const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4856 1.6 christos flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4857 1.6 christos asection **secp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4858 1.6 christos bfd_vma *valp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4859 1.6 christos {
4860 1.6 christos if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4861 1.6 christos || ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE)
4862 1.6 christos && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0
4863 1.6 christos && bfd_get_flavour (info->output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4864 1.6 christos elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols = elf_gnu_symbol_any;
4865 1.6 christos
4866 1.6 christos return TRUE;
4867 1.6 christos }
4868 1.1 skrll
4869 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM m68k_elf32_vec
4870 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-m68k"
4871 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_68K
4872 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x2000
4873 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
4874 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
4875 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
4876 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
4877 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link bfd_elf_final_link
4878 1.1 skrll
4879 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_m68k_check_relocs
4880 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
4881 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections
4882 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
4883 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
4884 1.3 christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
4885 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
4886 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf_m68k_final_write_processing
4887 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
4888 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_m68k_relocate_section
4889 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
4890 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
4891 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
4892 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
4893 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
4894 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook
4895 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
4896 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
4897 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
4898 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
4899 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
4900 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
4901 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
4902 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
4903 1.4 christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
4904 1.4 christos #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_m68k_object_p
4905 1.6 christos #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_m68k_grok_prstatus
4906 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_m68k_grok_psinfo
4907 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_m68k_add_symbol_hook
4908 1.1 skrll
4909 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
4910 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
4911 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
4912 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
4913 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
4914 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
4915 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
4916
4917 #include "elf32-target.h"
4918